Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

 

OR

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                          to                         

 

Commission file number 0-24566-01

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland

 

36-4460265

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

800 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois

 

60607

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (888) 422-6562

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

 

 

 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statement incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o No x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $1,013,427,269 as of June 30, 2011, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.  Solely for the purpose of this computation, it has been assumed that executive officers and directors of the Registrant are “affiliates.”

 

There were issued and outstanding 54,662,868 shares of the Registrant’s common stock as of February 10, 2012.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

 

Document

 

Part of Form 10-K

 

 

 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be used in conjunction with the Registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Part III

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

FORM 10-K

 

December 31, 2011

 

INDEX

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1

Business

 

3

Item 1A

Risk Factors

 

17

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

25

Item 2

Properties

 

25

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

 

25

Item 4

Reserved

 

25

 

 

 

25

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

25

Item 6

Selected Financial Data

 

28

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

34

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

60

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

63

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

126

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

 

126

Item 9B

Other Information

 

126

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

 

127

Item 11

Executive Compensation

 

127

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

127

Item 13

Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

128

Item 14

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

128

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

128

 

Signatures

 

129

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.  Business

 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in press releases or other public shareholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “should,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.  These statements may relate to MB Financial, Inc.’s future financial performance, strategic plans or objectives, revenues or earnings projections, or other financial items.  By their nature, these statements are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the statements.

 

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected include, but are not limited to, the following: (1) expected revenues, cost savings, synergies and other benefits from our merger and acquisition activities might not be realized within the anticipated time frames or at all, and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters, including but not limited to customer and employee retention, might be greater than expected; (2) the possibility that the expected benefits of the FDIC-assisted transactions we previously completed will not be realized; (3) the credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which could necessitate additional provisions for loan losses, resulting both from loans we originate and loans we acquire from other financial institutions; (4) results of examinations by the Office of Comptroller of Currency and other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or write-down assets; (5) competitive pressures among depository institutions; (6) interest rate movements and their impact on customer behavior and net interest margin; (7) the impact of repricing and competitors’ pricing initiatives on loan and deposit products; (8) fluctuations in real estate values; (9) the ability to adapt successfully to technological changes to meet customers’ needs and developments in the market-place; (10) our ability to realize the residual values of our direct finance, leveraged, and operating leases; (11) our ability to access cost-effective funding; (12) changes in financial markets; (13) changes in economic conditions in general and in the Chicago metropolitan area in particular; (14) the costs, effects and outcomes of litigation; (15) new legislation or regulatory changes, including but not limited to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and regulations adopted thereunder, changes in federal and/or state tax laws or interpretations thereof by taxing authorities, changes in laws, rules or regulations applicable to companies that have participated in the TARP Capital Purchase Program of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and other governmental initiatives affecting the financial services industry; (16) changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; (17) our future acquisitions of other depository institutions or lines of business; and (18) future goodwill impairment due to changes in our business, changes in market conditions, or other factors.

 

We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

General

 

MB Financial, Inc., headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, is a financial holding company with banking offices located primarily in the Chicago area.  The words “MB Financial,”  “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MB Financial, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless we indicate otherwise.  Our primary market is the Chicago metropolitan area, in which we operate 87 banking offices through our bank subsidiary, MB Financial Bank, N.A. (MB Financial Bank). MB Financial Bank also has one banking office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  Through MB Financial Bank, we offer a broad range of financial services primarily to small and middle market businesses and individuals in the markets that we serve.  Our primary lines of business include commercial banking, retail banking and wealth management.  As of December 31, 2011, we had total assets of $9.8 billion, deposits of $7.6 billion, stockholders’ equity of $1.4 billion, and $3.6 billion of client assets under administration in our Wealth Management Group (including $2.2 billion in our trust department, $432.0 million in brokerage accounts, and $998.1 million in our majority owned asset management firm, Cedar Hill Associates LLC).

 

We have completed a number of acquisitions in recent years, including the following most recent transactions.

 

During 2009 and 2010, MB Financial Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Glenwood, Illinois-based Heritage Community Bank (Heritage); Oak Forest, Illinois-based InBank; Chicago-based Corus Bank, N.A. (Corus); Aurora, Illinois-based Benchmark Bank (Benchmark); Chicago, Illinois-based New Century Bank (New Century); and Chicago, Illinois-based Broadway Bank (Broadway) in transactions facilitated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).  For the Heritage, Benchmark, New Century and Broadway transactions, MB Financial Bank entered into loss-share agreements with the FDIC.  Under the loss-share agreements, MB Financial Bank shares in the losses on assets (generally loans and other real estate owned) covered under the agreements (referred to as “covered loans” and “covered other real estate owned”).  See Note 2 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report for additional information.

 

MB Financial Bank, our largest subsidiary, has two wholly owned subsidiaries with significant operating activities: LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc. and Vision Investment Services, Inc. MB Financial Bank also has a majority owned subsidiary with significant operating activities, Cedar Hill Associates, LLC.

 

LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc. (LaSalle) focuses on leasing technology-related equipment to middle market and larger businesses located throughout the United States.  LaSalle also specializes in selling and administering third party equipment maintenance contracts as well as technology-related equipment.

 

Vision Investment Services, Inc. (Vision) is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker/dealer, is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, and is a licensed insurance agency.  Vision has one wholly owned subsidiary: Vision Insurance Services, Inc.  Vision Insurance Services, Inc. is a licensed insurance agency which functions as a distribution firm for certain insurance and annuity products.

 

Cedar Hill Associates, LLC (Cedar Hill) is an asset management firm located in Chicago, Illinois that we acquired in April 2008.

 

Recent Developments

 

On January 27, 2012, the Company announced that it will pay a cash dividend of $0.01 per share to stockholders of record as of February 15, 2012.

 

Primary Lines of Business

 

Our operations are currently managed as one unit, and we have one reportable segment.  Our chief operating decision-makers use consolidated information to make operating and strategic decisions.

 

We concentrate on serving middle market businesses and their owners.  We also serve consumers who live or work near our branches.  We have established three primary lines of business: commercial banking, retail banking, and wealth management.  Each is described below.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Commercial Banking  Commercial banking focuses on serving middle market businesses, primarily located in the Chicago metropolitan area.  We provide a full set of credit, deposit, and treasury management products to these companies.  In general, our credit products are designed for companies with annual revenues between $10 million and $250 million.  We have a broad range of credit products for our target market, including working capital loans and lines of credit; accounts receivable financing; inventory and equipment financing; industrial revenue bond financing; business acquisition loans; owner occupied real estate loans; and financial, performance and commercial letters of credit.  Our deposit and treasury management products are designed for companies with annual revenues up to $500 million and include: internet banking products, investment sweep accounts, zero balance accounts, automated tax payments, ATM access, telephone banking, lockbox, automated clearing house transactions, account reconciliation, controlled disbursement, detail and general information reporting, wire transfers, vault services for currency and coin, a variety of international banking services, select capital markets products and checking accounts.  We also provide a full set of credit, deposit and treasury management services for real estate operators and investors.

 

Commercial banking also serves equipment leasing companies located throughout the United States.  We have provided banking services to this industry for more than three decades.  Competition in serving equipment lessors generally comes from large banks, finance companies, large industrial companies and some community banks.  We compete based upon rapid decision-making and elite service and by providing flexible financial solutions to meet our customers’ needs.  We provide full banking services to leasing companies by financing the debt portion of leveraged equipment leases (referred to as lease loans), providing short and long-term equity financing and by making working capital and bridge loans.  For lease loans, a lessee’s credit is often rated as investment grade for its public debt by Moody’s, Standard & Poors or the equivalent.  Whether or not a lessee has a public debt rating, they are subject to the same internal credit analysis as any other customer of MB Financial Bank.  We also invest directly in equipment that we lease to other companies located throughout the United States (referred to as operating leases).  Our operating lease portfolio is made up of various kinds of equipment, generally technology related, such as computer systems, satellite equipment, and general manufacturing equipment.  We seek leasing transactions where we believe the equipment leased is integral to the lessee’s business, thereby increasing the likelihood of renewal at the end of the lease term.

 

Additionally, our subsidiary, LaSalle, focuses on leasing technology-related equipment and providing related services to middle market and larger businesses throughout the United States and provides us the ability to directly originate leases.

 

Retail Banking.  Retail banking has 87 banking offices and approximately 125 ATMs located throughout the Chicago metropolitan area.  We also have one branch in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  Our target customer includes individuals who live and work near our branch offices, as well as companies with annual revenues of $1 to $10 million located near our offices.  Our personal checking product line offers checking options designed for all market segments—the underserved, the more affluent, the loyal customer, the very young and the senior population.  These products are supported by relevant ancillary services such as “ibankmb.com,” our internet banking and bill pay service.  Customers may also take advantage of the MB Debit MasterCard, our Platinum Credit Card, and our new Everyday Prepaid Card.  Our retail lending division offers mortgages and other personal loan solutions.

 

Our business banking division offers the same business services available to our larger commercial business customers, customized to this business segment.  These customers are afforded the expertise of a business banker and the personal attention of a local branch. These customers can take advantage of a corporate credit card and corporate debit card as well as many other treasury management services to meet the needs of their business.

 

We also offer our extensive MB Bank@Work program through which our bankers will go to enrolled employers’ facilities to provide individual banking services for their employees.

 

Our bankers strive to provide high quality personal service.  Our telephone customer service center is open 7 days a week.  PAL, our automated telephone banking service, and MB.net are available 24/7 to provide a constant information source for our customers.

 

Wealth Management.  Our Wealth Management Group provides comprehensive wealth management solutions to individuals, corporations and not-for-profits.  We provide banking, investment management, custody, personal trust, financial planning and wealth advisory services to high net worth individuals through our Private Bankers, Asset Management and Trust Advisors and Cedar Hill.  Estate settlement, guardianship, tax deferred exchange services and retirement plan services are provided through our Asset Management and Trust Group.  Our investment advisors, working in our branches offer a wide variety of financial products and services to our retail customers.  MB Financial Bank subsidiaries Cedar Hill and Vision provide clients with non-FDIC insured investment alternatives and/or insurance products.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Lending Activities

 

General.  Our loan portfolio consists primarily of loans to businesses or for business purposes.

 

Commercial.  We make commercial loans mainly to middle market businesses, most often located in the Chicago area.  Borrowers tend to be privately-owned and are generally manufacturers, wholesalers, distributors, long-term health care operators and service providers.  Loan products offered are primarily working capital and term loans and lines of credit that help our customers finance accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.  We also offer financial, performance and commercial letters of credit.  Commercial loans secured by owner occupied real estate are classified as commercial real estate loans.  Most commercial loans are short-term in nature, being one year or less, with the maximum term generally being five to seven years.  Our commercial loans typically range in size from $500 thousand to $15 million.

 

Lines of credit for customers are typically secured, and are subject to renewal upon a satisfactory review of the borrower’s financial condition and credit history.  Secured short-term commercial business loans are usually collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or real estate, and advances are usually predicated on predetermined advances rates depending upon asset class.  Such loans are typically, but not always, guaranteed by the owners of the business.  Collateral securing commercial loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.  In addition, in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for repayment and economic conditions may impact the ability of the borrower to collect the amounts due from its customers.  Accordingly, we make our commercial loans primarily based on the historical and expected cash flow of the borrower, secondarily on underlying collateral provided by the borrower, and lastly on guarantor support.

 

Commercial Real Estate.  We originate commercial real estate loans that are generally secured by multi-unit residential property and owner and non-owner occupied commercial and industrial property.  Longer term commercial real estate loans are generally made at fixed rates, although some have interest rates that change based on the Prime Rate or LIBOR.  Generally, terms of up to twenty-five years are offered on fully amortizing loans, but most loans are structured with a balloon payment at the end of five years or less.  For our fixed rate loans with maturities greater than five years, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements with a third party to mitigate interest rate risk.  In deciding whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider, among other things, the experience and qualifications of the borrower as well as the value and cash flow of the underlying property.  Some factors considered are net operating income of the property before debt service and depreciation, the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of the property’s net cash flow to debt service requirements), the global cash flows of the borrower, the ratio of the loan amount to the property value and the overall creditworthiness of the prospective borrower.  Our commercial real estate loans typically range in size from $250 thousand to $20 million.

 

The repayment of commercial real estate loans is often dependent on the successful operations of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan.  In addition, most commercial real estate loans are not fully amortized over the loan period, but have balloon payments due at maturity.  A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on their ability to either refinance the loan or complete a timely sale of the underlying property.

 

Construction Real Estate.  Historically we have provided construction loans for the acquisition and development of land and construction of condominiums, townhomes, and one-to-four family residences.  We have also provided acquisition, development and construction loans for retail and other commercial purposes, primarily in our market areas.  With regard to construction lending, there were fewer new loans made from 2008 through 2011 compared to prior years due to the unfavorable economic environment for new home sales and commercial properties.  Construction lending can involve a higher level of risk than other types of lending because funds are advanced partially based upon the value of the project, which is uncertain prior to the project’s completion.  Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs as well as the market value of a completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, our estimates with regards to the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio may vary from actual results.  As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or refinance the indebtedness.  If our estimate of the value of a project at completion proves to be overstated or market values have declined since we originated our loan, we may have inadequate security for repayment of the loan and we may incur a loss.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Lease Loans.  We lend money to leasing companies to finance the debt portion of leases (which we refer to as lease loans).  A lease loan arises when a leasing company discounts the equipment rental revenue stream owed to the leasing company by a lessee.  Lease loans generally are non-recourse to the leasing company, and, consequently, our recourse is limited to the lessee and the leased equipment.  For this reason, we underwrite lease loans by examining the creditworthiness of the lessee rather than the lessor.  Generally, lease loans are secured by an assignment of lease payments and a security interest in the equipment being leased.  As with commercial loans secured by equipment, equipment securing our lease loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to value and may fluctuate in value.  We rely on the lessee’s continuing financial stability, rather than the value of the leased equipment, for repayment of all required amounts under lease loans.  In the event of default, it is unlikely that the proceeds from the sale of leased equipment will be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding unpaid amounts under terms of the lease loan.

 

The lessee usually acknowledges our security interest in the leased equipment and often agrees to send lease payments directly to us.  Lessees are often companies that have an investment grade public debt rating by Moody’s or Standard & Poors or the equivalent although we also provide credit to below investment grade and non-rated companies.  Whether or not a lessee has a public debt rating, they are subject to the same internal credit analysis as any other customer.  Lease loans almost always are fully amortizing, with maturities typically ranging from three to five years.  Loan interest rates are fixed.

 

We also invest directly in equipment leased to other companies (which we refer to as operating leases).  The profitability of these investments depends, to a great degree, upon our ability to realize the expected residual values of this equipment.  See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Critical Accounting Policies-Residual Value of Our Direct Finance, Leveraged and Operating Leases.”

 

Residential Real Estate.  We originate fixed and adjustable rate residential real estate loans secured by one to four family homes.  Terms of first mortgages generally range from five to thirty years.  In deciding whether to make a residential real estate loan, we consider the qualifications of the borrower as well as the value of the underlying property.  Our general practice is to sell the majority of our newly originated fixed-rate residential real estate loans and to hold in portfolio a limited number of adjustable-rate residential real estate loans with 15 and 30 year maturities.

 

Consumer.  Our consumer loan portfolio is primarily focused on home equity lines of credit, fixed-rate second mortgage loans and indirect motorcycle loans, and to a lesser extent, secured and unsecured consumer loans, as well as personal and business credit cards.  Home equity lines of credit are generally extended up to 80% of the value of the property, less existing liens.  Terms for second mortgages typically range from five to ten years.  Indirect vehicle loans represent consumer loans made primarily through a network of motorcycle dealers in 46 states.  Consumer loans typically have shorter terms and lower balances with higher yields as compared to residential real estate loans, but carry a higher risk of default.  Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus, are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances.  Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on these loans in the event of default.

 

Competition

 

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations, including deposit gathering and loan origination, from a variety of competitors.  Commercial banks, savings institutions, brokerage firms, credit unions, mutual fund companies, asset management firms, insurance companies and specialty finance companies all compete with us for new and existing customers.  Our bank competes by providing quality services to our customers, ease of access to our facilities, convenient hours and competitive pricing (including competitive interest rates paid on deposits, interest rates charged on loans and fees charged for other non-interest related services).

 

Personnel

 

As of December 31, 2011, we and our subsidiaries employed a total of 1,684 full-time equivalent employees.  We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

We, our subsidiary bank, and its subsidiaries, are subject to an extensive system of laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of customers and depositors and not for the protection of security holders.  These laws and regulations govern such areas as capital, permissible activities, allowance for loan losses, loans and investments, and rates of interest that can be charged on loans.  Described below are elements of selected laws and regulations.  The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described.

 

Holding Company Regulation.  As a bank holding company and financial holding company, we are subject to comprehensive regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, frequently referred to as the Federal Reserve Board, under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, and other legislation.  We must file reports with the Federal Reserve Board and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require, and our holding company and non-banking affiliates are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board.  Under Federal Reserve Board policy, the Dodd-Frank Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations, a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength for its subsidiary banks.  The Federal Reserve Board may require, and has required in the past, a holding company to contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank.  The Bank Holding Company Act provides that a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before:

 

·                  Acquiring directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of such shares (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares);

 

·                  Acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or

 

·                  Merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

 

The Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries.  The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities which, by statute or by Federal Reserve Board regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks.  The list of activities permitted by the Federal Reserve Board includes, among other things: lending; operating a savings institution, mortgage company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing certain investment and financial advice; underwriting and acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; selling money orders, travelers’ checks and United States Savings Bonds; real estate and personal property appraising; providing tax planning and preparation services; and, subject to certain limitations, providing securities brokerage services for customers.  These activities may also be affected by federal legislation.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amended portions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 to authorize bank holding companies, such as us, directly or through non-bank subsidiaries to engage in securities, insurance and other activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity.  In order to undertake these activities, a bank holding company must become a “financial holding company” by submitting to the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank a declaration that the company elects to be a financial holding company and a certification that all of the depository institutions controlled by the company are well capitalized and well managed.  We submitted the declaration of our election to become a financial holding company with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago in June 2002, and our election became effective in July 2002.

 

Depository Institution Regulation.  Our bank subsidiary is subject to regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  This regulatory structure includes:

 

·                  Real estate lending standards, which provide guidelines concerning loan-to-value ratios for various types of real estate loans;

 

·                  Risk-based capital rules, including accounting for interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk and the risks posed by non-traditional activities;

 

8



Table of Contents

 

·                  Rules requiring depository institutions to develop and implement internal procedures to evaluate and control credit and settlement exposure to their correspondent banks;

 

·                  Rules restricting types and amounts of equity investments; and

 

·                  Rules addressing various safety and soundness issues, including operations and managerial standards, standards for asset quality, earnings and compensation standards.

 

Capital Adequacy.  The Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to bank holding companies and banks.  In addition, these regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a bank holding company or bank maintain capital above the minimum levels, based on its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.

 

The Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based guidelines establish a two-tier capital framework.  Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stockholders’ equity, retained earnings, a limited amount of qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain intangibles.  Tier 2 capital generally consists of certain hybrid capital instruments and perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities and a limited amount of subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock, loan loss allowance, and unrealized holding gains on certain equity securities.  The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital represents qualifying total capital, at least 50% of which must consist of Tier 1 capital.

 

Risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing Tier 1 and total capital by risk-weighted assets.  Assets and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to one of four categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative credit risk.  For bank holding companies, generally the minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 4% and the minimum total risk-based capital ratio is 8%.  Our Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios under these guidelines at December 31, 2011 were 17.36% and 19.41%, respectively.

 

The Federal Reserve Board’s leverage capital guidelines establish a minimum leverage ratio determined by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted average total assets.  The minimum leverage ratio is 3% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating.  All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%.  At December 31, 2011, we had a leverage ratio of 11.73%.

 

The federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”).  The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies and regulations to which they apply.  Actions of the Committee have no direct effect on banks in participating countries.  In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord (“Basel II”) to replace Basel I.  Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk — an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines.  Basel II also addresses capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures.

 

A final rule implementing the advanced approaches of Basel II in the United States, which applies only to certain large or internationally active banking organizations, or “core banks” — defined as those with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated on-balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion or more, became effective as of April 1, 2008.  Certain other U.S. banking organizations would have the option to adopt the requirements of this rule.  The Company is not required to comply with the advanced approaches of Basel II.

 

In 2009, the United States Treasury Department issued a policy statement (the “Treasury Policy Statement”) entitled “Principles for Reforming the U.S. and International Regulatory Capital Framework for Banking Firms,” which contemplates changes to the existing regulatory capital regime involving substantial revisions to major parts of the Basel I and Basel II capital frameworks and affecting all regulated banking organizations and other systemically important institutions.  The Treasury Policy Statement calls for, among other things, higher and stronger capital requirements for all banking firms, with changes to the regulatory capital framework to be phased in over a period of several years.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

The Dodd-Frank Act includes certain provisions concerning the capital regulations of the United States banking regulators, which are often referred to as the “Collins Amendment.”  These provisions are intended to subject bank holding companies to the same capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries and to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. Under the Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities issued by a company, such as our company, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion before May 19, 2010 and treated as regulatory capital are grandfathered, but any such securities issued later are not eligible as regulatory capital.  The banking regulators must develop regulations setting minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements for holding companies and banks on a consolidated basis that are no less stringent than the generally applicable requirements in effect for depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations discussed below.  The banking regulators also must seek to make capital standards countercyclical so that the required levels of capital increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.  The Act requires these new capital regulations to be adopted by the Federal Reserve in final form 18 months after the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act (July 21, 2010).   To date, no proposed regulations have been issued.

 

In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee published the final texts of reforms on capital and liquidity generally referred to as “Basel III.”  Although Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks, its provisions are likely to be considered by United States banking regulators in developing new regulations applicable to other banks in the United States, including MB Financial Bank.

 

For banks in the United States, among the most significant provisions of Basel III concerning capital are the following:

 

·                       A minimum ratio of common equity to risk-weighted assets reaching 4.5%, plus an additional 2.5% as a capital conservation buffer, by 2019 after a phase-in period.

·                       A minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets reaching 6.0% by 2019 after a phase-in period.

·                       A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets, plus the additional 2.5% capital conservation buffer, reaching 10.5% by 2019 after a phase -in period.

·                       An additional countercyclical capital buffer to be imposed by applicable national banking regulators periodically at their discretion, with advance notice.

·                       Restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses applicable when capital ratios fall within the buffer zone.

·                       Deduction from common equity of deferred tax assets that depend on future profitability to be realized.

·                       Increased capital requirements for counterparty credit risk relating to OTC derivatives, repos and securities financing activities.

·                       For capital instruments issued on or after January 13, 2013 (other than common equity), a loss-absorbency requirement such that the instrument must be written off or converted to common equity if a trigger event occurs, either pursuant to applicable law or at the direction of the banking regulator.  A trigger event is an event under which the banking entity would become nonviable without the write-off or conversion, or without an injection of capital from the public sector.   The issuer must maintain authorization to issue the requisite shares of common equity if conversion were required.

 

The Basel III provisions on liquidity include complex criteria establishing a liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) and a net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”).  The purpose of the LCR is to ensure that a bank maintains adequate unencumbered, high quality liquid assets to meet its liquidity needs for 30 days under a severe liquidity stress scenario.  The purpose of the NSFR is to promote more medium and long-term funding of assets and activities, using a one-year horizon.  Although Basel III is described as a “final text,” it is subject to the resolution of certain issues and to further guidance and modification, as well as to adoption by United States banking regulators, including decisions as to whether and to what extent it will apply to United States banks that are not large, internationally active banks.  In June 2011, the federal banking agencies adopted a rule applicable to only large, internationally active banks requiring their risk-based capital to meet the higher of the minimum requirements under the advanced approaches or under the risk-based capital rules generally applicable to United States banks.

 

Prompt Corrective Action.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, among other things, identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) and requires the respective federal bank regulatory agencies to implement systems for “prompt corrective action” for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within these categories.  This act imposes progressively more

 

10



Table of Contents

 

restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified.  Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital raising requirements.  An “undercapitalized” bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee that bank’s compliance with the plan.  The liability of the parent holding company under any such guarantee is limited to the lesser of five percent of the bank’s assets at the time it became “undercapitalized” or the amount needed to comply with the plan.  Furthermore, in the event of the bankruptcy of the parent holding company, such guarantee would take priority over the parent’s general unsecured creditors.  In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet these standards.

 

The various federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, using the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and leverage capital ratios as the relevant capital measures.  These regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized.  Under the regulations, a “well capitalized” institution must have a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and a leverage ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to a capital directive or order.  An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 4% (3% in certain circumstances).  An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8% or a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% in certain circumstances).  An institution is “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6% or a leverage ratio of less than 3%.  An institution is “critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of total assets.  Generally, an institution may be reclassified in a lower capitalization category if it is determined that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

As of December 31, 2011, our subsidiary bank met the requirements to be classified as “well-capitalized.”

 

Dividends.  The Federal Reserve Board’s policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition, and that it is inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends.  Furthermore, a bank that is classified under the prompt corrective action regulations as “undercapitalized” will be prohibited from paying any dividends.

 

On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program of the United States Department of the Treasury (Treasury), the Company sold to Treasury 196,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, for a purchase price of $196.0 million in cash and (ii) issued to Treasury a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,012,048 shares (which was subsequently reduced to 506,024 shares, as explained below) of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $29.05 per share (the “Warrant”).

 

The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at any time by repaying Treasury, without penalty, subject to Treasury’s consultation with the Company’s appropriate regulatory agency.  Additionally, upon redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant may be repurchased from the Treasury at its fair market value as agreed-upon by the Company and Treasury.

 

On September 17, 2009, the Company completed a public offering of its common stock by issuing 12,578,125 shares of common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $201.3 million.  The net proceeds to the Company after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses were $190.9 million.  With the proceeds from this offering and the proceeds received by the Company from issuances pursuant to its Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, the Company has received aggregate gross proceeds from “Qualified Equity Offerings” in excess of the $196.0 million aggregate liquidation preference amount of the Series A Preferred Stock.  As a result, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the Warrant has been reduced by 50%, from 1,012,048 shares to 506,024 shares.

 

Under the securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury, prior to December 5, 2011, we could not, without the consent of Treasury, (a) pay a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of more than $0.18 per share or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of our common stock, preferred stock (other than the Series A Preferred Stock) or trust preferred securities.  In addition, under

 

11



Table of Contents

 

the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, we may not pay dividends on our common stock at any time we are in arrears on the dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock.  Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and a rate of 9% per annum thereafter if not redeemed prior to that time.

 

Our primary source for cash dividends is the dividends we receive from our subsidiary bank.  Our bank is subject to various regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums.  A national bank must obtain the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency prior to paying a dividend if the total of all dividends declared by the national bank in any calendar year will exceed the sum of the bank’s net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Reform.  The FDIC currently maintains the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), which was created in 2006 in the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund.  The deposit accounts of our subsidiary bank are insured by the DIF to the maximum amount provided by law.  The general insurance limit is $250 thousand, but for non-interest bearing transaction accounts, there is unlimited insurance coverage until January 1, 2013.  This insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

 

As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by DIF-insured institutions.  It also may prohibit any DIF-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF.  The FDIC also has the authority to take enforcement actions against insured institutions.

 

The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums on each insured institution quarterly based on annualized rates for one of four risk categories. Under the rules in effect through March 31, 2011, these rates are applied to the institution’s deposits.  Each institution is assigned to one of four risk categories based on its capital, supervisory ratings and other factors.  Well capitalized institutions that are financially sound with only a few minor weaknesses are assigned to Risk Category I.  Risk Categories II, III and IV present progressively greater risks to the DIF.  A range of initial base assessment rates applies to each Risk Category, subject to adjustments based on an institution’s unsecured debt, secured liabilities and brokered deposits, such that the total base assessment rates after adjustments range from 7 to 24 basis points for Risk Category I, 17 to 43 basis points for Risk Category II, 27 to 58 basis points for Risk Category III, and 40 to 77.5 basis points for Risk Category IV.

 

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted rules effective April 1, 2011, under which insurance premium assessments are based on an institution’s total assets minus its tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital) instead of its deposits.  Under these rules, an institution with total assets of less than $10 billion will be assigned to a Risk Category as described above, and a range of initial base assessment rates will apply to each category, subject to adjustment downward based on unsecured debt issued by the institution and, except for an institution in Risk Category I, adjustment upward if the institution’s brokered deposits exceed 10% of its domestic deposits, to produce total base assessment rates.  Total base assessment rates range from 2.5 to 9 basis points for Risk Category I, 9 to 24 basis points for Risk Category II, 18 to 33 basis points for Risk Category III, and 30 to 45 basis points for Risk Category IV, all subject to further adjustment upward if the institution holds more than a de minimis amount of unsecured debt issued by another FDIC-insured institution. The FDIC may increase or decrease its rates by 2.0 basis points without further rulemaking.  In an emergency, the FDIC may also impose a special assessment.

 

For a bank that has had total assets of $10 billion or more for four consecutive quarters, effective for assessments for the second quarter of 2011 and payable at the end of September 2011, FDIC regulations require the bank to be assessed quarterly for deposit insurance under a scorecard method. The scorecard method uses a performance score and a loss severity score, which are combined and converted into an initial base assessment rate.  The performance score is based on measures of the bank’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress and weighted CAMELS ratings. The loss severity score is a measure of potential losses to the FDIC in the event of the bank’s failure. Under a formula, the performance score and loss severity score are combined and converted to a total score that determines the bank’s initial base assessment rate. The FDIC has the discretion to alter the total score based on factors not captured by the scorecard.  The resulting initial base assessment rate is subject to adjustments downward based on long term unsecured debt issued by the bank, to adjustment upward based on long term unsecured debt held by the bank that is issued by other FDIC-insured institutions, and to further adjustment upward if the bank’s brokered deposits exceed 10% of its domestic deposits.  Modifications to the scorecard method may apply to certain “highly complex institutions.”

 

12



Table of Contents

 

In addition, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize a predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund.  These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or written agreement entered into with the FDIC. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted regulations that required insured depository institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009, their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, along with their quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009. The FDIC collected MB Financial Bank’s pre-paid assessments amounting to $45.0 million on December 30, 2009.

 

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has established 2.0% as the designated reserve ratio (DRR), that is, the ratio of the DIF to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by September 30, 2020, the deadline imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Dodd-Frank requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%.  The FDIC has not yet announced how it will implement this offset or how larger institutions will be affected by it.

 

On November 9, 2010 and January 18, 2011, the FDIC (as mandated by Section 343 of the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,” as described below) adopted rules providing for unlimited deposit insurance for traditional noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts for two years starting December 31, 2010.  This coverage applies to all insured deposit institutions, and there is no separate FDIC assessment for the insurance.   Furthermore, this unlimited coverage is separate from, and in addition to, the coverage provided to depositors with respect to other accounts held at an insured depository institution.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.  We and our subsidiary bank are affiliates within the meaning of the Federal Reserve Act.  The Federal Reserve Act imposes limitations on a bank with respect to extensions of credit to, investments in, and certain other transactions with, its parent bank holding company and the holding company’s other subsidiaries.  Furthermore, bank loans and extensions of credit to affiliates also are subject to various collateral requirements.

 

Community Reinvestment Act.  Under the Community Reinvestment Act, every FDIC-insured institution is obligated, consistent with safe and sound banking practices, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The Community Reinvestment Act requires the appropriate federal banking regulator, in connection with the examination of an insured institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to consider this record in its evaluation of certain applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch.  An unsatisfactory rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an application and will prevent a bank holding company of the institution from making an election to become a financial holding company.

 

As of its last examination, MB Financial Bank received a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “outstanding.”

 

Interstate Banking and Branching.  The Federal Reserve Board may approve an application of a bank holding company to acquire control of, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, a bank located in a state other than the bank holding company’s home state, without regard to whether the transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state.  The Federal Reserve Board may not approve the acquisition of a bank that has not been in existence for the minimum time period (not exceeding five years) specified by the law of the target bank’s home state.  The Federal Reserve Board also may not approve an application if the bank holding company (and its bank affiliates) controls or would control more than ten percent of the insured deposits in the United States or, generally, 30% or more of the deposits in the target bank’s home state or in any state in which the target bank maintains a branch.  Individual states may waive the 30% statewide concentration limit.  Each state may limit the percentage of total insured deposits in the state that may be held or controlled by a bank or bank holding company to the extent the limitation does not discriminate against out-of-state banks or bank holding companies.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the OCC may generally approve de novo branching by a national bank outside its home state.

 

The federal banking agencies are authorized to approve interstate bank merger transactions without regard to whether these transactions are prohibited by the law of any state, unless the home state of one of the banks

 

13



Table of Contents

 

opted out of interstate mergers prior to June 1, 1997.  Interstate acquisitions of branches are permitted only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits these acquisitions.  Interstate mergers and branch acquisitions are subject to the nationwide and statewide-insured deposit concentration limits described above.

 

Privacy Rules.  Federal banking regulators, as required under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, have adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties.  The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to non-affiliated third parties.  The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

 

International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001.  The President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law in October 2001.  This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “IMLAFA”).  The IMLAFA substantially broadens existing anti-money laundering legislation and the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the United States, imposes certain compliance and due diligence obligations, defines certain crimes and penalties, compels the production of documents located both inside and outside the United States, including those of foreign institutions that have a correspondent relationship in the United States, and clarifies the safe harbor from civil liability to customers.  The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations implementing the USA Patriot Act that apply certain of its requirements to financial institutions such as our banking and broker-dealer subsidiaries.  The regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing.  The increased obligations of financial institutions, including us, to identify their customers, watch for and report suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, and share information with other financial institutions, requires the implementation and maintenance of internal procedures, practices and controls which have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs and may subject us to liability.

 

As noted above, enforcement and compliance-related activity by government agencies has increased. Money laundering and anti-terrorism compliance is among the areas receiving a high level of focus in the present environment.

 

Regulatory Reform.  On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act (as amended) implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that, among other things, will:

 

·                  Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, with broad rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and certain others, including the examination and enforcement powers with respect to any bank with more than $10 billion in assets and its affiliates, and the power to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices.

·                  Restrict the preemption of state consumer financial protection law by federal law and disallow subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks, such as MB Financial Bank, from availing themselves of such preemption.

·                  Require new capital rules and apply the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies.

·                  Require the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to seek to make its capital requirements for national banks, such as MB Financial Bank, countercyclical so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.

·                  Require publicly-traded bank holding companies with assets of $10 billion or more to establish a risk committee responsible for enterprise-wide risk management practices, comprised of independent directors including one risk management expert.

·                  Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated average assets less tangible capital.

·                  Increase the minimum ratio of net worth to insured deposits of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% and require the FDIC, in setting assessments, to offset the effect of the increase on institutions with assets of less than $10 billion.  As a result, this increase is generally expected to impose more deposit insurance cost on institutions with assets of $10 billion or more.

·                  Provide for new disclosure and other requirements relating to executive compensation and corporate governance, including guidelines or regulations on incentive-based compensation and a prohibition on compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks or that could provide excessive compensation.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

·                  Make permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until January 1, 2013 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions (later legislation extended this unlimited coverage to IOLTA accounts until January 1, 2013).

·                  Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

·                  Allow de novo interstate branching by banks.

·                  Give the Federal Reserve Board the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by a payment card issuer that, together with its affiliates, has assets of $10 billion or more and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer.  The Federal Reserve Board has rules under this provision that limit the swipe fees that a debit card issuer can charge a merchant for a transaction to the sum of 21 cents and five basis points times the value of the transaction, plus up to one cent for fraud prevention costs.

·                  Increase the authority of the Federal Reserve Board to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries.

·                  Require all bank holding companies to serve as a source of financial strength to their depository institution subsidiaries in the event such subsidiaries suffer from financial distress.

·                  Restrict proprietary trading by banks, bank holding companies and others, and their acquisition and retention of ownership interests in and sponsorship of hedge funds and private equity funds.  This restriction is commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.”  There is an exception in the Volcker Rule to allow a bank to organize and offer hedge funds and private equity funds to customers if certain conditions are met.  These conditions include, among others, requirements that the bank provides bona fide investment advisory services; the funds are organized only in connection with such services and to customers of such services; the bank does not have more than a de minimis interest in the funds, limited to a 3% ownership interest in any single fund and an aggregated investment in all funds of 3% of Tier 1 capital; the bank does not guarantee the obligations or performance of the funds; and no director or employee of the bank has an ownership interest in the fund unless he or she provides services directly to the funds.  Further details on the scope of the Volcker Rule and its exceptions are expected to be defined in regulations due to be issued.

·                  Require annual stress testing by banks with more than $10 billion in assets and impose certain reporting and disclosure requirements.

 

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company and the financial services industry more generally. Provisions in the legislation that affect deposit insurance assessments, and payment of interest on demand deposits could increase the costs associated with deposits. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and MB Financial Bank could require the Company and MB Financial Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future.

 

TARP-Related Compensation and Corporate Governance Requirements. The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law on October 3, 2008 and authorized the U.S. Treasury to provide funds to be used to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. financial system pursuant to the TARP.  Under the authority of EESA, Treasury instituted the TARP Capital Purchase Program to encourage U.S. financial institutions to build capital to increase the flow of financing to U.S. businesses and consumers and to support the U.S. economy.  As noted above, on December 5, 2008, the Company participated in this program by issuing 196,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock to Treasury for a purchase price of $196.0 million in cash and issued the Warrant to Treasury.

 

Participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program includes certain requirements and restrictions regarding compensation that were expanded significantly by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), as implemented by Treasury’s Interim Final Rule on TARP Standards for Compensation and Corporate Governance.  These requirements and restrictions include, among others, the following: (i) a prohibition on paying or accruing bonuses, retention awards and incentive compensation, other than qualifying long-term restricted stock or pursuant to certain preexisting employment contracts, to the Company’s five most highly-compensated employees; (ii) a general prohibition on providing severance benefits, or other benefits due to a change in control of the Company, to the Company’s senior executive officers (“SEOs”) and next five most highly compensated employees; (iii) a requirement to make subject to clawback any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation paid to any of the SEOs and any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees if such compensation was based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria; (iv) a requirement to establish a policy on luxury or excessive expenditures; (v) a requirement to annually provide shareholders with a non-binding advisory “say on pay” vote on executive compensation; (vi) a prohibition on deducting more than $500,000 in annual compensation, including performance-based compensation, to the

 

15



Table of Contents

 

executives covered under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m); (vii) a requirement that the compensation committee of the board of directors evaluate and review on a semi-annual basis the risks involved in employee compensation plans; and (viii) a prohibition on providing tax “gross-ups” to the Company’s SEOs and the next 20 most highly compensated employees.  These requirements and restrictions will remain applicable to the Company until it has redeemed the Series A Preferred Stock in full.

 

Incentive Compensation.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking regulators and other agencies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, to issue regulations or guidelines requiring disclosure to the regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements and to prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements for directors, officers or employees that encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation, fees or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to a financial institution.  Proposed regulations for this purpose have been published, which are based upon the key principles that incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors and appropriate policies, procedures and monitoring.  The proposed regulations are consistent with the Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies issued by regulators in 2010.

 

As part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations will be reviewed, and the regulator’s findings will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct any deficiencies.

 

The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulations and regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the near future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the Company’s ability to hire, retain and motivate its key employees.

 

Other Future Legislation and Changes in Regulations.  From time to time, various other legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the MB Financial or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

 

Internet Website

 

We maintain a website with the address www.mbfinancial.com.  The information contained on our website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Other than an investor’s own Internet access charges, we make available free of charge through our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we have electronically filed such material with, or furnished such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent in our business.  Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this report.  In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  The value or market price of our securities could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, in particular commercial real estate. Continued deterioration in the real estate markets or other segments of our loan portfolio could lead to additional losses, which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

As of December 31, 2011, excluding loans acquired in the Heritage, Benchmark, Broadway and New Century FDIC-assisted transactions and covered by our loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC for those transactions, approximately 45% of our total loan portfolio was secured by real estate (compared to approximately 50% as of December 31, 2010), the majority of which is commercial real estate.  The commercial and residential real estate market continues to experience a variety of difficulties.  In particular, market conditions in the Chicago metropolitan area, in which a majority of our real estate loans are concentrated, have declined significantly beginning in 2008.  As a result of increased levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies and declining real estate values, which reduce the customer’s borrowing power and the value of the collateral securing the loan, for the last four years, we have experienced much higher than normal levels of charge-offs and provisions for loan losses. Continued increases in delinquency levels or continued declines in real estate values, which cause our borrowers’ loan-to-value ratios to increase, could result in additional charge-offs and provisions for loan losses. This could have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Our commercial real estate loans make up approximately 31% of the loan portfolio and underlying weakness in the real estate market result in additional risk in the portfolio.

 

Our commercial real estate portfolio consists of healthcare, industrial, multifamily, office, retail and church and schools loans.  Our concentration in commercial real estate loans involves additional risk as the values of the properties securing the loans have declined.  Vacancy rates have increased, resulting in lower cash flows on the underlying properties and stress on our customers to repay their loans.

 

At December 31, 2011, excluding loans acquired in the Heritage, Benchmark, Broadway and New Century FDIC-assisted transactions and covered by our loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC for those transactions, our commercial real estate loans totaled $1.9 billion, or 31% of our total loan portfolio. This loan type represented approximately 59% of our total non-performing loans as of December 31, 2011.

 

The deterioration in the quality of our commercial real estate portfolio has been a significant factor behind the higher than normal charge-offs and provisions for loan losses we have experienced over the last three years.  The Chicago area real estate market remains weak, and we believe that further deterioration in the quality of our commercial real estate portfolio is a possibility.  This could result in additional charge-offs and provisions for loan losses, which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Repayment of our commercial loans and lease loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower or lessee, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value.

 

We make our commercial loans primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Collateral securing commercial loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect the amounts due from its customers. Accordingly, we make our commercial loans primarily based on the historical and expected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on underlying collateral provided by the borrower.

 

We lend money to small and mid-sized independent leasing companies to finance the debt portion of leases (which we refer to as lease loans). A lease loan arises when a leasing company discounts the equipment rental revenue stream owed to the leasing company by a lessee. Our lease loans entail many of the same types of risks as our commercial loans. Lease loans generally are non-recourse to the leasing company, and, consequently, our recourse is limited to the lessee and the leased equipment. As with commercial loans secured by equipment, the equipment

 

17



Table of Contents

 

securing our lease loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value. We rely on the lessee’s continuing financial stability, rather than the value of the leased equipment, for the repayment of all required amounts under lease loans. In the event of a default on a lease loan, it is unlikely that the proceeds from the sale of the leased equipment will be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding unpaid amounts under the terms of the loan.

 

Changes in economic conditions, particularly a further economic slowdown in the Chicago area, could hurt our business.

 

Our business is directly affected by market conditions, trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, and changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. In 2008, the housing and real estate sectors experienced an economic slowdown that continued through 2011. Further deterioration in economic conditions, particularly within the Chicago area, could result in the following consequences, among others, any of which could hurt our business materially:

 

·                  loan delinquencies may increase;

·                  problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

·                  demand for our products and services may decline;

·                  collateral for our loans may decline in value, in turn reducing a customer’s borrowing power and reducing the value of collateral securing our loans; and

·                  the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

 

Except for our leasing and lease loan activities and certain treasury management services, which are nationwide, our lending and deposit gathering activities are concentrated in the Chicago metropolitan area. Our success depends on the general economic conditions of this metropolitan area and its surrounding areas.

 

Many of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate. Most of these loans are secured by properties located in the Chicago metropolitan area. Deterioration in the real estate markets where collateral for a mortgage loan is located could negatively affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. Real estate values are affected by various other factors, including changes in general or regional economic conditions, governmental rules or policies and natural disasters such as tornados.

 

Negative changes in the regional and general economy could reduce our growth rate, impair our ability to collect loans and generally have a negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected our industry and our business.

 

The United States has experienced an economic downturn beginning in 2008 and continuing through 2011.  While economic growth may have resumed recently, the rate of this growth has been very low and unemployment remains at high levels.  Many lending institutions, including us, have experienced declines in the performance of their loans, especially construction and commercial real estate loans. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans have declined and may continue to decline. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. These conditions may have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, as a result of the foregoing factors, there is a potential for new laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices, regulations requiring higher capital levels and liquidity standards are expected, and bank regulatory agencies have been and are expected to continue to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations.

 

Negative developments in the financial industry and the impact of new legislation and regulations in response to those developments could restrict our business operations, including our ability to originate loans, and negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. Overall, during the past few years, the general business environment has had a negative effect on our business. Until there is a sustained improvement in economic conditions, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations to be negatively affected.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

The downgrade of the U.S. credit rating and Europe’s debt crisis could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity.

 

Standard & Poor’s lowered its long term sovereign credit rating on the United States of America from AAA to AA+ on August 5, 2011. A further downgrade or a downgrade by other rating agencies could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide. Any such adverse impact could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Many of our investment securities are issued by and some of our loans are made to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities.

 

In addition, the possibility that certain European Union (“EU”) member states will default on their debt obligations have negatively impacted economic conditions and global markets. The continued uncertainty over the outcome of international and the EU’s financial support programs and the possibility that other EU member states may experience similar financial troubles could further disrupt global markets. The negative impact on economic conditions and global markets could also have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio.

 

Lending money is a substantial part of our business. Every loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

 

·                  cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

·                  the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral, in the case of a collateralized loan;

·                  the credit experience of a particular borrower;

·                  changes in economic and industry conditions; and

·                  the duration of the loan.

 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which we believe is appropriate to provide for probable losses in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through a periodic review and consideration of several factors, including, but not limited to:

 

·                  our general reserve, based on our historical default and loss experience as well as current macroeconomic factors; and

·                  our specific reserve, based on our evaluation of non-performing loans and their underlying collateral.

 

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we may need additional provisions to replenish the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, most likely, capital, and may have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The value of the securities in our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by continued disruptions in securities markets.

 

Due to heightened credit and liquidity risks and the volatile economy, making the determination of the value of a securities portfolio is less certain.  There can be no assurance that decline in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in other-than-temporary or permanent impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could significantly increase our non-interest expense.

 

FDIC insurance rates increased significantly in 2009, and we may pay higher FDIC premiums in the future.  The Dodd-Frank Act established 1.35% as the minimum DRR. The FDIC has determined that the DRR should be 2.0% and has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%.  The FDIC has not announced how it will implement this offset or how larger institutions will be affected by it.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the FDIC to base insurance premium on an institution’s total assets minus its tangible equity instead of its deposits. The FDIC has adopted regulations under which, effective for assessments for the second quarter of 2011 and payable at the end of September 2011, a bank that has had total assets of $10 billion or more for four consecutive quarters is assessed quarterly for deposit insurance under a scorecard method, using a performance score and a loss severity score, which are combined and converted into an initial base assessment rate which is subject to certain adjustments.  It is possible that our insurance premiums will increase under these regulations.

 

Changes in interest rates may reduce our net interest income.

 

Our consolidated operating results are largely dependent on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and interest expense incurred on deposits and other borrowings. Our net interest income is impacted by changes in market rates of interest, changes in credit spreads, changes in the shape of the yield curve, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities, prepayments on our loans and investments, and the mix of our funding sources and assets.

 

Our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Interest rates on some types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate prior to changes in broader market interest rates, while rates on other types may lag behind. The result of these changes to rates may cause differing spreads on interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. While we take measures intended to manage the risks from changes in market interest rates, we cannot control or accurately predict changes in market rates of interest or be sure our protective measures are adequate.

 

We pursue a strategy of supplementing internal growth by acquiring other financial companies or their assets and liabilities that we believe will help us fulfill our strategic objectives and enhance our earnings. There are risks associated with this strategy, including the following:

 

·                  We may be exposed to potential asset quality issues or unknown or contingent liabilities of the banks, businesses, assets, and liabilities we acquire. If these issues or liabilities exceed our estimates, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially negatively affected;

·                  Prices at which acquisitions can be made fluctuate with market conditions. We have experienced times during which acquisitions could not be made in specific markets at prices we considered acceptable and expect that we will experience this condition in the future;

·                  The acquisition of other entities generally requires integration of systems, procedures and personnel of the acquired entity into our company to make the transaction economically successful. This integration process is complicated and time consuming and can also be disruptive to the customers of the acquired business. If the integration process is not conducted successfully and with minimal effect on the acquired business and its customers, we may not realize the anticipated economic benefits of particular acquisitions within the expected time frame, and we may lose customers or employees of the acquired business. We may also experience greater than anticipated customer losses even if the integration process is successful.

·                  To the extent our costs of an acquisition exceed the fair value of the net assets acquired, the acquisition will generate goodwill.  As discussed below, we are required to assess our goodwill for impairment at least annually, and any goodwill impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition;

·                  To finance an acquisition, we may borrow funds, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity, or raise additional capital, which could dilute the interests of our existing stockholders; and

·                  We have completed various acquisitions and opened additional banking offices in the past few years that enhanced our rate of growth.  We may not be able to continue to sustain our past rate of growth or to grow at all in the future.

 

Our participation in the loss-share agreements with the FDIC requires that we follow certain servicing procedures.

 

MB Financial Bank entered into loss-share agreements with the FDIC as part of the Heritage, Benchmark,

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Broadway and New Century transactions. These loss-share agreements require that MB Financial Bank follow certain servicing procedures as specified in the agreement.  A failure to follow these procedures or any other breach of the agreement by MB Financial Bank could result in the loss of FDIC reimbursement of losses on covered loans and other real estate owned, which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our growth or future losses may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or the cost of that capital may be very high.

 

We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. We anticipate that our capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future. We may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continued growth or losses, both internally and through acquisitions. Any capital we obtain may result in the dilution of the interests of existing holders of our common stock.

 

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time (which are outside our control) and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot make assurances of our ability to raise additional capital if needed, or if the terms will be acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and negatively affected.

 

Conditions in the financial markets may limit our access to additional funding to meet our liquidity needs.

 

Liquidity is essential to our business, as we must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale or pledging as collateral of loans and other assets could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could negatively affect our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or negative regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole, as evidenced by recent turmoil in the domestic and worldwide credit markets.

 

Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits or support our future growth.

 

As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. These sources include brokered certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Negative operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to an inability to replace these additional funding sources at maturity. Our financial flexibility could be constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our results of operations and financial condition would be negatively affected.

 

The soundness of other financial institutions could negatively affect us.

 

Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be negatively affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of the difficulties or failures of other banks, which would increase the capital we need to support our growth.

 

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

 

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could

 

21



Table of Contents

 

result in fines or sanctions. During the last year, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. Although we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that these policies and procedures will be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

We provide treasury management services to money services businesses, which include: check cashers, issuers/sellers of traveler’s checks, money orders and stored value cards, and money transmitters.  Money services businesses pose risk of compliance with regulatory guidance.

 

We provide treasury management services to the check cashing industry, offering: check clearing, monetary instrument, depository, and credit services.  We also provide treasury management services to money transmitters.  Financial institutions that open and maintain accounts for money services businesses are expected to apply the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and Bank Secrecy Act, as they do with all accountholders, on a risk-assessed basis.  As with any category of accountholder, there will be money services businesses that pose little risk of money laundering or lack of compliance with other laws and regulations and those that pose a significant risk.  Providing treasury management services to money services businesses represent a significant compliance and regulatory risk, and failure to comply with all statutory and regulatory requirements could result in fines or sanctions.

 

Financial reform legislation will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law.  This law significantly changes the current bank regulatory structure and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

 

Among the many requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act for new banking regulations is a requirement for new capital regulations to be adopted within 18 months.  These regulations must be at least as stringent as, and may call for higher levels of capital than, current regulations.  Generally, trust preferred securities will no longer be eligible as Tier 1 capital, but the Company’s currently outstanding trust preferred securities will be grandfathered and its currently outstanding TARP preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital.  In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to seek to make its capital requirements for national banks, such as MB Financial Bank, countercyclical so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.

 

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near term impact on us.  For example, one year after the date of its enactment, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution and are generally expected to increase for institutions having total assets in excess of $10 billion. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2013.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act increased the authority of the Federal Reserve Board to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries and gave the Federal Reserve Board the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for an electronic debit transaction by a payment card issuer that, together with its affiliates, has assets of $10 billion or more, and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer.  By regulation, the Federal Reserve Board has limited the fees for such a transaction to the sum of 21 cents plus five basis points times the value of the transaction, plus up to one cent for fraud prevention costs.  The Dodd-Frank Act also restricts proprietary trading by banks, bank holding companies and others, and their acquisition and retention of ownership interests in and sponsorship of hedge funds and private equity funds, subject to an exception allowing a bank to organize and offer hedge funds and private equity funds to

 

22



Table of Contents

 

customers if certain conditions are met, including, among others, a requirement that the bank limit its ownership interest in any single fund to 3% and its aggregate investment in all funds to 3% of Tier 1 capital, with no director or employee of the bank holding an ownership interest in the fund unless he or she provides services directly to the funds.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act created a Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets.

 

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company.  However, compliance with this law and its implementing regulations has resulted, and will continue to result, in additional operating costs that could have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition and results of operations.  For additional discussion of the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation-Regulatory Reform.”

 

New or changing tax, accounting, and regulatory rules and interpretations could significantly impact strategic initiatives, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.

 

The financial services industry is extensively regulated. Federal and state banking regulations are designed primarily to protect the deposit insurance funds and consumers, not to benefit a company’s stockholders. These regulations may sometimes impose significant limitations on operations. The significant federal and state banking regulations that affect us are described in this report under the heading “Item 1. Business-Supervision and Regulation”. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. These laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time.

 

Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial liabilities.

 

We are from time to time subject to claims related to our operations. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. As a result, we may be exposed to substantial liabilities, which could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

The loss of certain key personnel could negatively affect our operations.

 

Our success depends in large part on the retention of a limited number of key management and other banking personnel. We could undergo a difficult transition period if we were to lose the services of any of these individuals. Our success also depends on the experience of our banking facilities’ managers and bankers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The loss of these key persons could negatively impact the affected banking operations.

 

As a result of our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to significant restrictions on compensation payable to our executive officers and other key employees.

 

Our ability to attract and retain key officers and employees may be impacted by legislation and regulation affecting the financial services industry. In 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the “ARRA”) became law. The ARRA, through the implementing regulations of the U.S. Treasury, significantly expanded the executive compensation restrictions originally imposed on TARP participants, including us. Among other things, these restrictions limit our ability to pay bonuses and other incentive compensation and make severance payments. These restrictions will continue to apply to us for as long as the preferred stock we issued pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program remains outstanding. These restrictions may negatively affect our ability to compete with financial institutions that are not subject to the same limitations.

 

We may experience future goodwill impairment.

 

If our estimates of the fair value of our goodwill change as a result of changes in our business or other factors, we may determine that an impairment charge is necessary. Estimates of fair value are based on a complex model using, among other things, cash flows and company comparisons.  As of December 31, 2011, our market capitalization

 

23



Table of Contents

 

was less than the book value of our total common stockholders’ equity.  Should this condition continue to exist for an extended period of time, the Company will consider this and other factors, including the Company’s anticipated cash flows, to determine whether goodwill is impaired. Our future cash flows estimates assume similar credit performance as we have seen in the last two quarters of 2011.  If this does not happen, our future cash flows would be negatively impacted.  Given the weak economy and the credit performance we experienced in 2009 and 2010, there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding this assumption.  No assurance can be given that the Company will not record an impairment loss on goodwill in the future and any such impairment loss could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.

 

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. To date, we have grown our business successfully by focusing on our business lines and emphasizing the high level of service and responsiveness desired by our customers. We compete for loans, deposits and other financial services with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, brokerage houses, mutual funds, insurance companies and specialized finance companies. Many of our competitors offer products and services which we do not offer, and many have substantially greater resources and lending limits, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, and smaller newer competitors may also be more aggressive in terms of pricing loan and deposit products than we are in order to obtain a share of the market. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on bank holding companies, federally insured state-chartered banks and national banks and federal savings banks. In addition, increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions and the conversion of certain investment banks to bank holding companies may negatively affect our ability to successfully market our products and services. As a result, these competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services.

 

We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology that could damage our reputation and our business.

 

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code, and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our customers’ confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our or our customers’ operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us.

 

Security breaches in our internet banking activities could further expose us to possible liability and damage our reputation. Any compromise of our security also could deter customers from using our internet banking services that involve the transmission of confidential information. We rely on standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures that could result in damage to our reputation and our business. Additionally, we outsource our data processing to a third party. If our third party provider encounters difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating with such third party, it will significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which would significantly affect our business operations.

 

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

 

From time to time, we may seek to implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed.  In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible, which could in turn have a material negative effect on our operating results.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2.  Properties

 

We conduct our business at 87 banking offices located in the Chicago metropolitan area and one banking office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  We own a majority of our banking center facilities.  The remaining facilities are leased.  We have approximately 125 ATMs at our branches and at other locations.  We believe that all of our properties and equipment are well maintained, in good operating condition and adequate for all of our present and anticipated needs.  See Note 8 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our premises and equipment.

 

We also have non-bank office locations in Chicago and Forest Park, Illinois; Paramus, New Jersey; Birmingham and Troy, Michigan; Columbus, Ohio; and LaJolla and Newport Beach, California.  These offices are used by our lease banking personnel and our Cedar Hill and LaSalle subsidiaries.

 

We believe our facilities in the aggregate are suitable and adequate to operate our banking and related business.

 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

 

We are involved from time to time as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of our businesses.  While the ultimate outcome of pending proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel representing us in such proceedings, that the resolution of these proceedings should not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operation.

 

Item 4.  (Removed and Reserved)

 

PART II

 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MBFI.”  There were approximately 1,467 holders of record of our common stock as of December 31, 2011.

 

The following table presents quarterly market price information and cash dividends paid per share for our common stock for 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

Market Price Range

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends
Paid

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2011

 

$

17.97

 

$

14.01

 

$

0.01

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2011

 

$

21.25

 

$

13.86

 

$

0.01

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

 

$

22.49

 

$

17.38

 

$

0.01

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2011

 

$

21.52

 

$

17.09

 

$

0.01

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2010

 

$

17.70

 

$

13.93

 

$

0.01

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2010

 

$

19.97

 

$

14.68

 

$

0.01

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2010

 

$

28.18

 

$

18.32

 

$

0.01

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2010

 

$

24.17

 

$

19.00

 

$

0.01

 

 

The timing and amount of cash dividends paid depends on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other relevant factors.  The primary source for dividends paid to stockholders is dividends paid to us from MB Financial Bank and cash on hand.  We have an internal policy which provides that dividends paid to us by MB Financial Bank cannot exceed an amount that would cause the bank’s total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios to fall below 12%, 9% and 8%, respectively.  These ratios are in excess of the minimum ratios required for a bank to be considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes (10%, 6%

 

25



Table of Contents

 

and 5%, respectively).  In addition to adhering to our internal policy, there are regulatory restrictions on the ability of national banks to pay dividends.  See “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation - Dividends” above and Note 18 of notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.

 

The following table sets forth information for the three months ended December 31, 2011 with respect to our repurchases of our outstanding common shares:

 

 

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased (1)

 

Average Price Paid
per Share

 

Number of Shares Purchased
as Part Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

 

Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plans
or Programs

 

October 1, 2011 — October 31, 2011

 

 

$

 

 

 

November 1, 2011 — November 30, 2011

 

910

 

16.40

 

 

 

December 1, 2011 — December 31, 2011

 

2,613

 

16.94

 

 

 

Total

 

3,523

 

$

16.80

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          Represents shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards.

 

On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program of the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), the Company sold to Treasury 196,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, for a purchase price of $196.0 million in cash and issued to Treasury a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,012,048 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $29.05 per share (the “Warrant”).  As explained below, the number of shares underlying the Warrant has been reduced to 506,024.

 

The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at any time by repaying Treasury, without penalty, subject to Treasury’s consultation with the Company’s appropriate regulatory agency.  Additionally, upon redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant may be repurchased from Treasury at its fair market value as agreed-upon by the Company and Treasury.

 

On September 17, 2009, the Company completed a public offering of its common stock by issuing 12,578,125 shares of common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $201.3 million.  The net proceeds to the Company after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses were approximately $190.9 million.  With the proceeds from this offering and the proceeds received by the Company from issuances pursuant to its Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, the Company received aggregate gross proceeds from “Qualified Equity Offerings” in excess of the $196.0 million aggregate liquidation preference amount of the Series A Preferred Stock.  As a result, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the Warrant was reduced by 50%, from 1,012,048 shares to 506,024 shares.

 

Under the securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury, prior to December 5, 2011, we could not, without the consent of Treasury, (a) pay a cash dividend on our common stock of more than $0.18 per share or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of our common stock or preferred stock (other than the Series A Preferred Stock) or trust preferred securities.  In addition, under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, we may not pay dividends on our common stock unless we are current in our dividend payments on the Series A Preferred Stock.  Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and a rate of 9% per annum thereafter if not redeemed prior to that time.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Stock Performance Presentation

 

The following line graph shows a comparison of the cumulative returns for the Company, the NASDAQ Market Bank Index, an index of peer corporations selected by the Company and the NASDAQ Composite Index, for the period beginning December 31, 2006 and ending December 31, 2011.  The information assumes that $100 was invested at the closing price on December 31, 2006 in the Common Stock and each index, and that all dividends were reinvested.

 

COMPARISON OF 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

FOR MB FINANCIAL, INC.,

NASDAQ BANK INDEX, PEER GROUP INDEX AND NASDAQ COMPOSITE INDEX

 

 

 

 

Period Ending

 

Index

 

12/31/06

 

12/31/07

 

12/31/08

 

12/31/09

 

12/31/10

 

12/31/11

 

MB Financial, Inc.

 

$

100.00

 

$

83.68

 

$

77.83

 

$

55.45

 

$

48.83

 

$

48.31

 

NASDAQ Bank Index

 

100.00

 

80.09

 

62.84

 

52.60

 

60.04

 

53.74

 

Peer Group Index 2011

 

100.00

 

77.40

 

55.08

 

33.22

 

39.29

 

32.54

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

100.00

 

110.66

 

66.42

 

96.54

 

114.06

 

113.16

 

 

The Peer Group is made up of the common stocks of the following companies:

 

FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP INC

OLD SECOND BANCORP INC

PRIVATEBANCORP INC

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP INC

WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

 

Set forth below and on the following page is our summary consolidated financial information and other financial data.  This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included herein in response to Item 7 and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included herein in response to Item 8 (in thousands, except common share data).

 

On August 10, 2009, the Company sold its merchant card processing business.  In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), the assets, liabilities, results of operations, including a pre-tax gain of $10.2 million, and cash flows of the Company’s merchant card processing business have been shown separately as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations, and consolidated statements of cash flows for all periods presented.

 

On November 28, 2007, the Company sold its Union Bank (“Union”) subsidiary.  In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the business conducted by Union Bank have been shown separately as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations, and consolidated statements of cash flows for all periods presented.

 

For purposes of the following discussion, balances, average rate, income and expenses associated with Union and the Company’s merchant card processing business have been excluded from continuing operations.

 

Our summary consolidated financial information and other financial data contain information determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP.  These measures include net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis and net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis.

 

The tax equivalent adjustment to net interest income and net interest margin recognizes the income tax savings when comparing taxable and tax-exempt assets and assumes a 35% tax rate.  Management believes that it is a standard practice in the banking industry to present net interest income and net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis, and accordingly believes that providing these measures may be useful for peer comparison purposes.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

do not pertain to our most central business operations, making the measure more meaningful when comparing our operating results from period to period.

 

The other measures exclude the ending balances of acquisition-related goodwill and other intangible assets, net of tax benefit, in determining tangible assets, tangible equity and tangible common equity.  Management believes the presentation of these other financial measures excluding the impact of such items provides useful supplemental information that is helpful in understanding our financial results, as they provide a method to assess management’s success in utilizing our tangible capital as well as our capital strength.  Management also believes that providing these measures that exclude balances of acquisition-related goodwill and other intangible assets, which are subjective components of valuation, facilitates the comparison of our performance with the performance of our competitors.  We also believe that these are standard financial measures used in the banking industry to measure performance.  These disclosures should not be viewed as substitutes for the results determined to be in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

 

A reconciliation of net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis to net interest margin is contained in the “Selected Financial Data” discussed below.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Selected Financial Data:

 

 

 

As of or for the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010 (1)

 

2009 (2)

 

2008

 

2007

 

Statement of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

384,560

 

$

429,640

 

$

393,538

 

$

413,788

 

$

457,266

 

Interest expense

 

59,287

 

89,868

 

142,986

 

192,900

 

244,960

 

Net interest income

 

325,273

 

339,772

 

250,552

 

220,888

 

212,306

 

Provision for credit losses

 

120,750

 

246,200

 

231,800

 

125,721

 

19,313

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

204,523

 

93,572

 

18,752

 

95,167

 

192,993

 

Other income

 

109,106

 

185,756

 

127,154

 

80,393

 

83,528

 

Other expenses

 

269,633

 

258,776

 

223,750

 

183,390

 

191,506

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

43,996

 

20,552

 

(77,844

)

(7,830

)

85,015

 

Applicable income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,268

 

24

 

(45,265

)

(23,555

)

23,670

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

38,728

 

20,528

 

(32,579

)

15,725

 

61,345

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

 

 

 

6,453

 

439

 

32,518

 

Net income (loss)

 

38,728

 

20,528

 

(26,126

)

16,164

 

93,863

 

Dividends and discount accretion on preferred shares

 

10,414

 

10,382

 

10,298

 

789

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

 

$

28,314

 

$

10,146

 

$

(36,424

)

$

15,375

 

$

93,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Share Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.81

)

$

0.45

 

$

1.70

 

Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.16

 

0.01

 

0.91

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

(0.19

)

(0.20

)

(0.26

)

(0.02

)

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

0.52

 

0.19

 

(0.91

)

0.44

 

2.61

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

0.71

 

0.39

 

(0.81

)

0.45

 

1.68

 

Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.16

 

0.01

 

0.89

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

(0.19

)

(0.20

)

(0.26

)

(0.02

)

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

0.52

 

0.19

 

(0.91

)

0.44

 

2.57

 

Common book value per common share

 

21.92

 

21.14

 

20.75

 

25.17

 

24.91

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

54,057,158

 

52,724,715

 

40,042,655

 

34,706,092

 

35,919,900

 

Diluted

 

54,337,280

 

53,035,047

 

40,042,655

 

35,061,712

 

36,439,561

 

Dividend payout ratio (3) 

 

7.69

%

21.05

%

NM

 

163.64

%

27.59

%

Cash dividends per common share

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.72

 

 


(1)          In 2010, we completed two FDIC-assisted transactions.  See Note 2 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

(2)          In 2009, we completed four FDIC-assisted transactions.  See Note 2 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

(3)          Not meaningful for 2009 due to our net loss for that year.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Selected Financial Data (continued):

 

 

 

As of or for the Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

144,228

 

$

106,726

 

$

136,763

 

$

79,824

 

$

141,248

 

Investment securities

 

2,509,412

 

1,677,929

 

2,913,594

 

1,400,376

 

1,241,385

 

Loans, gross

 

5,950,995

 

6,617,811

 

6,524,547

 

6,228,563

 

5,615,627

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

126,798

 

192,217

 

177,072

 

144,001

 

65,103

 

Loans held for sale

 

4,727

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

9,833,072

 

10,320,364

 

10,865,393

 

8,819,763

 

7,834,703

 

Deposits

 

7,647,607

 

8,152,958

 

8,683,276

 

6,495,571

 

5,513,783

 

Short-term and long-term borrowings

 

486,218

 

553,917

 

655,266

 

960,085

 

1,186,586

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

 

158,538

 

158,571

 

158,677

 

158,824

 

159,016

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,393,027

 

1,344,786

 

1,251,180

 

1,068,824

 

862,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

0.39

%

0.20

%

(0.27

)%

0.20

%

1.19

%

Return on average equity

 

2.85

%

1.54

%

(2.32

)%

1.80

%

11.03

%

Return on average common equity

 

2.43

%

0.89

%

(3.91

)%

1.74

%

11.03

%

Net interest margin (1)

 

3.75

%

3.72

%

2.85

%

3.03

%

3.22

%

Tax equivalent effect

 

0.15

%

0.11

%

0.12

%

0.13

%

0.11

%

Net interest margin — fully tax equivalent basis (1) 

 

3.90

%

3.83

%

2.97

%

3.16

%

3.33

%

Loans to deposits

 

77.82

%

81.17

%

75.14

%

95.89

%

101.85

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to total loans (2)

 

2.17

%

5.48

%

4.16

%

2.34

%

0.44

%

Non-performing assets to total assets (3)

 

2.12

%

4.21

%

2.84

%

1.71

%

0.33

%

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

 

2.13

%

2.90

%

2.71

%

2.31

%

1.16

%

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans (2)

 

98.00

%

53.03

%

65.26

%

98.67

%

266.17

%

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

 

2.90

%

3.42

%

3.09

%

0.79

%

0.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

 

17.36

%

15.75

%

13.51

%

12.07

%

9.75

%

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

19.41

%

17.75

%

15.45

%

14.08

%

11.58

%

Tier 1 capital to average assets

 

11.73

%

10.66

%

8.71

%

9.85

%

8.18

%

Average equity to average assets

 

13.65

%

12.65

%

11.51

%

10.90

%

10.76

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking facilities

 

88

 

90

 

87

 

72

 

73

 

Full time equivalent employees

 

1,684

 

1,703

 

1,638

 

1,342

 

1,282

 

 


(1)          Net interest margin represents net interest income from continuing operations as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

(2)          Non-performing loans include loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis and accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal.  Non-performing loans excludes purchased credit-impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Heritage, InBank, Corus, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century FDIC-assisted transactions.  See Note 6 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

(3)          Non-performing assets include non-performing loans, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets.  Non-performing assets exclude other real estate owned that is related to the Heritage, InBank, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century FDIC-assisted transactions.  See Note 2 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth our selected quarterly financial data (in thousands, except common share data):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended 2011

 

Three Months Ended 2010

 

 

 

December

 

September

 

June

 

March

 

December

 

September

 

June

 

March

 

Statement of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

93,433

 

$

94,288

 

$

98,105

 

$

98,734

 

$

103,573

 

$

109,752

 

$

110,441

 

$

105,874

 

Interest expense

 

13,188

 

13,872

 

15,698

 

16,529

 

18,918

 

22,134

 

23,760

 

25,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

80,245

 

80,416

 

82,407

 

82,205

 

84,655

 

87,618

 

86,681

 

80,818

 

Provision for credit losses

 

8,000

 

11,500

 

61,250

 

40,000

 

49,000

 

65,000

 

85,000

 

47,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

 

72,245

 

68,916

 

21,157

 

42,205

 

35,655

 

22,618

 

1,681

 

33,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

24,451

 

26,367

 

29,145

 

29,143

 

30,795

 

35,798

 

92,706

 

26,457

 

Other expenses

 

69,433

 

66,608

 

66,728

 

66,864

 

64,615

 

66,478

 

66,032

 

61,651

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

27,263

 

28,675

 

(16,426

)

4,484

 

1,835

 

(8,062

)

28,355

 

(1,576

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

7,810

 

8,978

 

(9,060

)

(2,460

)

(1,358

)

(5,253

)

9,158

 

(2,523

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

19,453

 

$

19,697

 

$

(7,366

)

$

6,944

 

$

3,193

 

$

(2,809

)

$

19,197

 

$

947

 

Dividends and discount accretion on preferred shares

 

2,606

 

2,605

 

2,602

 

2,601

 

2,598

 

2,597

 

2,594

 

2,593

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

 

$

16,847

 

$

17,092

 

$

(9,968

)

$

4,343

 

$

595

 

$

(5,406

)

$

16,603

 

$

(1,646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

3.71

%

3.74

%

3.79

%

3.76

%

3.72

%

3.81

%

3.79

%

3.55

%

Tax equivalent effect

 

0.20

%

0.16

%

0.13

%

0.12

%

0.11

%

0.11

%

0.12

%

0.12

%

Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis

 

3.91

%

3.90

%

3.92

%

3.88

%

3.83

%

3.92

%

3.91

%

3.67

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Share Data :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.36

 

$

(0.14

)

$

0.13

 

$

0.06

 

$

(0.05

)

$

0.36

 

$

0.02

 

Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

(0.05

)

(0.04

)

(0.04

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

0.31

 

0.32

 

(0.18

)

0.08

 

0.01

 

(0.10

)

0.31

 

(0.03

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

0.36

 

0.36

 

(0.14

)

0.13

 

0.06

 

(0.05

)

0.36

 

0.02

 

Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.04

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

0.31

 

0.31

 

(0.18

)

0.08

 

0.01

 

(0.10

)

0.31

 

(0.03

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

54,140,646

 

54,121,156

 

54,002,979

 

53,961,176

 

53,572,157

 

53,327,219

 

52,702,779

 

51,264,727

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

54,360,178

 

54,323,320

 

54,002,979

 

54,254,876

 

53,790,047

 

53,327,219

 

53,034,426

 

51,264,727

 

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Fourth Quarter Results

 

We had net income available to common stockholders of $16.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to net income available to common stockholders of $595 thousand for the fourth quarter of 2010.  The results for the fourth quarter of 2011 generated annualized return on average assets of 0.78% and an annualized return on average common equity of 5.66% compared to 0.12% and 0.21%, respectively, for the same period in 2010.

 

Net interest income decreased 5.2% to $80.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to $84.7 million for fourth quarter of 2010 primarily due to a decrease in interest earning assets partially offset by an increase in net interest margin.  Our net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis increased by 8 basis points to 3.91% for the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010.  The margin increase from the fourth quarter of 2010 was due to a decrease in our average cost of funds as a result of an improved deposit mix and downward repricing of interest bearing deposits, as well as an improved interest earning asset mix and a lower level of non-performing loans.

 

The provision for loan losses was $8.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 and $49.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.  Net charge-offs were $13.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to $50.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Asset Quality” in Item 7 below for further analysis of the allowance for loan losses.

 

Other income was $24.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2011, a decrease of $6.3 million, or 20.6% compared to $30.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2010. Accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset decreased by $2.3 million as a result of the corresponding decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset balance during 2011.  Net losses recognized on other real estate owned were $3.4 million higher during the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 due to additional decreases in value of OREO properties.  Card fees were down $1.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the fourth quarter of 2010 primarily due to the impact of the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act on debit card interchange fees.

 

Other expense increased $4.8 million, or 7.5%, to $69.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2011 from $64.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2010.  Salaries and employee benefits increased by $3.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 due to an increase in incentive compensation and an increase in health and benefits expense.  Computer services and telecommunication expense increased by $1.1 million due to product and system enhancements during the fourth quarter of 2011.  FDIC insurance premiums decreased by $1.3 million due to lower deposits, a change in the assessment computation during 2011, and the impact of improved credit quality on the computation.

 

Income tax expense from continuing operations for the fourth quarter of 2011 was $7.8 million compared to an income tax benefit from continuing operations of $1.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2010.  See Note 16 of notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report for further analysis of income taxes.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under “Item 1A Risks Factors,” “General” in Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing under Item 8 of this report.

 

Overview

 

We had net income available to common stockholders of $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to net income available to common stockholders of $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and a net loss available to common stockholders of $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase in earnings from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to lower provision for loan losses of $125.5 million as a result of improved credit quality, partially offset by $62.6 million in acquisition related gains recognized in 2010 and lower gains on investment securities of $18.0 million in 2011.  The increase in earnings from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily due to an $89.2 million increase in net interest income, due to an increase in interest earning assets and a higher net interest margin, and a $58.6 million increase in other income, partially offset by an increase in other expense of $35.0 million and higher provision for loan losses of $14.4 million. Fully diluted earnings (loss) per common share were $0.52 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $0.19 per common share in 2010 and ($0.91) per common share in 2009.

 

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2011 include a provision for credit losses of approximately $50 million in connection with the sale during the second quarter of 2011 of loans with an aggregate carrying amount of $281.6 million prior to the transfer to loans held for sale, including $156.3 million in non-performing loans.  We recognized approximately $87 million in charge-offs as a result of the sale.

 

The profitability of our operations depends primarily on our net interest income after provision for loan losses, which is the difference between interest earned on interest earning assets and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities less provision for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses is dependent on changes in our loan portfolio and management’s assessment of the collectability of our loan portfolio as well as prevailing economic and market conditions.  Our net income is also affected by other income and other expenses.  During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, other income consisted of loan service fees, deposit service fees, net lease financing income, brokerage fees, trust and asset management fees, net gains on the sale of investment securities available for sale, increase in cash surrender value of life insurance, net gain (loss) on sale of other assets, other real estate owned gains or losses, acquisition related gains, accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset, card fees and other operating income.  During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, other expenses included salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expense, computer services and telecommunication expense, advertising and marketing expense, professional and legal expense, brokerage fee expense, other intangibles amortization expense, FDIC insurance premiums, other real estate expenses (net of rental income), impairment charges and other operating expenses.  Additionally, dividends on preferred shares reduce net income available to common stockholders.

 

Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest earning assets, interest earned on those assets, the volume and mix of interest bearing liabilities and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities.  Other income and other expenses are impacted by growth of operations and growth in the number of loan and deposit accounts through both acquisitions and core banking business growth.  Growth in operations affects other expenses primarily as a result of additional employee, branch facility and promotional marketing expense.  Growth in the number of loan and deposit accounts affects other income, including service fees as well as other expenses such as computer services, supplies, postage, telecommunications and other miscellaneous expenses.  Higher levels of non-performing assets increase salaries and benefits because of the need for additional problem loan remediation staff, increased legal expenses and increased other real estate owned expenses.

 

As noted under “Item 6 Selected Financial Data,” on August 10, 2009, the Company sold its merchant card processing business, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $10.2 million.  For purposes of the following discussion, income and expenses associated with the Company’s merchant card processing business, including the gains recognized on the sale, have been excluded from continuing operations.  See Note 3 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on discontinued operations.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and follow general practices within the industries in which we operate.  This preparation requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions, and judgments reflected in the financial statements.  Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  Management believes the following policies are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require subjective or complex judgments; therefore, management considers the following to be critical accounting policies.  Management has reviewed the application of these polices with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.  Subject to the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments is management’s evaluation process used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which combines several factors: management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of past loan loss experience, trends in past due and nonperforming loans, risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect probable credit losses.  Because current economic conditions can change and future events are inherently difficult to predict, the anticipated amount of estimated loan losses, and therefore the adequacy of the allowance, could change significantly.  As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require that certain loan balances be charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management or require that adjustments be made to the allowance for loan losses, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.  We believe the allowance for loan losses is adequate and properly recorded in the financial statements.  See “Allowance for Loan Losses” section below for further analysis.

 

Residual Value of Our Direct Finance, Leveraged, and Operating Leases.  Lease residual value represents the present value of the estimated fair value of the leased equipment at the termination date of the lease.  Realization of these residual values depends on many factors, including management’s use of estimates, assumptions, and judgment to determine such values.  Several other factors outside of management’s control may reduce the residual values realized, including general market conditions at the time of expiration of the lease, whether there has been technological or economic obsolescence or unusual wear and tear on, or use of, the equipment and the cost of comparable equipment.  If, upon the expiration of a lease, we sell the equipment and the amount realized is less than the recorded value of the residual interest in the equipment, we will recognize a loss reflecting the difference.  On a quarterly basis, management reviews the lease residuals for potential impairment.  If we fail to realize our aggregate recorded residual values, our financial condition and profitability could be adversely affected.  At December 31, 2011, the aggregate residual value of the equipment leased under our direct finance, leveraged, and operating leases totaled $54.9 million.  See Note 1 and Note 7 of our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Income Tax Accounting.  ASC Topic 740 provides guidance on accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold that a tax position must meet to be recognized in the financial statements.  ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on measurement, recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $90 thousand of uncertain tax positions.  The Company elects to treat interest and penalties recognized for the underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense.  However, interest and penalties imposed by taxing authorities on issues specifically addressed in ASC Topic 740 will be taken out of the tax reserves up to the amount allocated to interest and penalties.  The amount of interest and penalties exceeding the amount allocated in the tax reserves will be treated as income tax expense.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $7 thousand of accrued interest related to tax reserves.  The application of income tax law is inherently complex.  Laws and regulations in this area are voluminous and are often ambiguous.  As such, we are required to make many subjective assumptions and judgments regarding our income tax exposures.  Interpretations of and guidance surrounding income tax laws and regulations change over time.  As such, changes in our subjective assumptions and judgments can materially affect amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of income.

 

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities.  ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell the financial asset or paid to transfer the financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market parameters.  For financial instruments that trade actively and have quoted market prices or observable market parameters, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value.  When observable market prices and parameters are not fully available, management judgment is necessary to estimate fair value.  In addition, changes in market conditions may reduce the availability of quoted prices or observable data.  For example, reduced liquidity in the capital markets or changes in secondary market activities could result in observable market inputs becoming unavailable.  Therefore, when market data is not available, the Company would use valuation techniques requiring more management judgment to estimate the appropriate fair value measurement.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company completed two FDIC-assisted transactions and completed four FDIC-assisted transactions in 2009.  The Company recorded assets and liabilities at the estimated fair value as of the acquisition dates.  See Note 2 below to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for a complete discussion on the Company’s use of fair valuation of assets and liabilities and the related measurement techniques.

 

Goodwill.  The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consists of goodwill, and core deposit and client relationship intangibles.  See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information regarding core deposit and client relationship intangibles.  The Company reviews goodwill and other intangible assets to determine potential impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the anticipated future cash flows.

 

As of December 31, 2011, our market capitalization was less than our common stockholders’ equity.  Should this situation continue to exist for an extended period of time, the Company will consider this and other factors, including the Company’s anticipated future cash flows, to determine whether goodwill is impaired.  No assurance can be given that the Company will not record an impairment loss on goodwill in the future.

 

The Company’s annual assessment date is as of December 31.  No impairment losses were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level.  All of our goodwill is allocated to MB Financial, Inc., which is the Company’s only applicable reporting unit for purposes of testing goodwill impairment.  Fair value was computed by estimating the future cash flows of the Company and present valuing those cash flows at an interest rate equal to our cost of capital.  In addition, we compared our fair value calculation with our stock price adjusted for a control premium for reasonableness relative to our fair value calculation.  Key assumptions used in estimating future cash flows included loan and deposit growth, the interest rate environment, credit spreads on new and renewed loans, future deposit pricing, loan charge-offs, provision for loan losses, fee income growth and operating expense growth.  Our future cash flows estimates assume similar credit performance to what we

 

36



Table of Contents

 

experienced in the last two quarters of 2011.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  Refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and effects on results of operations and financial condition.

 

Net Interest Income

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest earning assets and the related yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest bearing liabilities, and the related costs, expressed both in dollars and rates (dollars in thousands).  The table below and the discussion that follows contain presentations of net interest income and net interest margin on a tax-equivalent basis, which is adjusted for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and investments.  Net interest margin also is presented on a tax-equivalent basis in “Item 6 Selected Financial Data.”  We believe this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income, as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

 

Reconciliations of net interest income and net interest margin on a tax-equivalent basis to net interest income and net interest margin in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America are provided in the table.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Yield/

 

Average

 

 

 

Yield/

 

Average

 

 

 

Yield/

 

 

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Rate

 

Interest Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1) (2) (3)

 

$

5,955,306

 

$

317,566

 

5.33

%

$

6,635,701

 

$

358,648

 

5.40

%

$

6,339,229

 

$

326,293

 

5.15

%

Loans exempt from federal income taxes (4)

 

143,732

 

11,118

 

7.63

 

123,075

 

8,978

 

7.19

 

82,019

 

7,658

 

9.21

 

Taxable investment securities

 

1,747,433

 

41,349

 

2.37

 

1,635,544

 

50,542

 

3.09

 

1,444,552

 

45,777

 

3.17

 

Investment securities exempt from federal income taxes (4)

 

383,509

 

26,562

 

6.83

 

356,496

 

20,900

 

5.86

 

391,071

 

22,698

 

5.72

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

352

 

2

 

0.56

 

 

 

 

Other interest bearing deposits

 

442,190

 

1,153

 

0.26

 

386,521

 

1,028

 

0.27

 

545,314

 

1,737

 

0.32

 

Total interest earning assets

 

8,672,170

 

$

397,748

 

4.59

 

9,137,689

 

$

440,098

 

4.82

 

8,802,185

 

$

404,163

 

4.59

 

Non-interest earning assets

 

1,283,963

 

 

 

 

 

1,368,339

 

 

 

 

 

975,103

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

9,956,133

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,506,028

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,777,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market deposit

 

$

2,678,049

 

$

7,637

 

0.29

%

$

2,767,044

 

$

14,965

 

0.54

%

$

2,098,530

 

$

17,773

 

0.85

%

Savings deposit

 

732,731

 

1,379

 

0.19

 

619,304

 

1,911

 

0.31

 

473,477

 

1,717

 

0.36

 

Time deposits

 

2,610,436

 

35,865

 

1.37

 

3,335,457

 

58,974

 

1.77

 

3,725,326

 

102,124

 

2.74

 

Short-term borrowings

 

244,594

 

849

 

0.35

 

268,251

 

1,145

 

0.43

 

449,548

 

5,166

 

1.15

 

Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated notes

 

439,054

 

13,557

 

3.05

 

465,387

 

12,873

 

2.73

 

512,267

 

16,206

 

3.12

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

6,704,864

 

$

59,287

 

0.88

 

7,455,443

 

$

89,868

 

1.21

 

7,259,148

 

$

142,986

 

1.97

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

1,771,918

 

 

 

 

 

1,594,504

 

 

 

 

 

1,307,021

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

 

120,647

 

 

 

 

 

127,099

 

 

 

 

 

85,890

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,358,704

 

 

 

 

 

1,328,982

 

 

 

 

 

1,125,229

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

9,956,133

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,506,028

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,777,288

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income/interest rate spread (5)

 

 

 

$

338,461

 

3.71

%

 

 

$

350,230

 

3.61

%

 

 

$

261,177

 

2.62

%

Taxable equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

(13,188

)

 

 

 

 

(10,458

)

 

 

 

 

(10,625

)

 

 

Net interest income, as reported

 

 

 

$

325,273

 

 

 

 

 

$

339,772

 

 

 

 

 

$

250,552

 

 

 

Net interest margin (6)

 

 

 

 

 

3.75

%

 

 

 

 

3.72

%

 

 

 

 

2.85

%

Tax equivalent effect

 

 

 

 

 

0.15

%

 

 

 

 

0.11

%

 

 

 

 

0.12

%

Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis (6)

 

 

 

 

 

3.90

%

 

 

 

 

3.83

%

 

 

 

 

2.97

%

 


(1)       Non-accrual loans are included in average loans.

(2)       Interest income includes amortization of deferred loan origination fees of $4.7 million, $4.6 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(3)       Loans held for sale are included in the average loan balance listed.  Related interest income is included in loan interest income.

(4)       Non-taxable loan and investment income is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate.

(5)       Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.

(6)       Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $338.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $11.8 million, or 3.4%, from $350.2 million for the prior year.  The decrease in net interest income was a result of a lower level of interest earning assets partially offset by an increase in net interest margin.  The net interest margin, expressed on a fully tax equivalent basis, was 3.90% for 2011 and 3.83% for 2010.  The margin increase from the prior year was due to a decrease in our average cost of funds as a result of an improved deposit mix and downward repricing of interest bearing deposits, as well as a lower level of non-performing loans.  The deposit mix shifted as certificates of deposits for a majority of rate sensitive customers were not renewed and non-interest bearing deposits increased.  Our non-performing loans negatively impacted the net interest margin during 2011 and 2010 by approximately 12 basis points and 21 basis points, respectively.

 

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $350.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $89.1 million, or 34.1%, from $261.2 million for the prior year.  The increase in net interest income was due to a higher level of interest earning assets and a significant improvement in our net interest margin.  Interest earning assets increased largely due to our FDIC-assisted transactions completed during 2010 and 2009.  See Note 2 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information.  The margin increase from the prior year was due to an improved loan mix and a decrease in our average cost of funds as a result of an improved deposit mix and downward repricing of certificates of deposit.  The deposit mix shifted as certificates of deposits for a majority of rate sensitive customers were not renewed and our low cost deposits (non-interest bearing deposits, money market accounts, NOW and savings) increased.  The net interest margin, expressed on a fully tax equivalent basis, was 3.83% for 2010 and 2.97% for 2009.  Our non-performing loans negatively impacted the net interest margin during 2010 and 2009 by approximately 21 basis points and 15 basis points, respectively.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits for commercial accounts, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts beginning July 21, 2011.  Although the ultimate impact of this legislation on the Company has not yet been determined, interest costs associated with demand deposits may change as a result of competitor responses.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Volume and Rate Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

The following table presents the extent to which changes in volume and interest rates of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated.  Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior period rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume) and (iii) change attributable to a combination of changes in rate and volume (change in rates multiplied by the changes in volume) (in thousands).  Changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011 Compared to 2010

 

2010 Compared to 2009

 

 

 

Change
Due to
Volume

 

Change
Due to
Rate

 

Total
Change

 

Change
Due to
Volume

 

Change
Due to
Rate

 

Total
Change

 

Interest Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

(36,341

)

$

(4,741

)

$

(41,082

)

$

15,629

 

$

16,726

 

$

32,355

 

Loans exempt from federal income taxes (1)

 

1,574

 

566

 

2,140

 

3,250

 

(1,930

)

1,320

 

Taxable investment securities

 

3,275

 

(12,468

)

(9,193

)

5,926

 

(1,161

)

4,765

 

Investment securities exempt from federal income taxes (1)

 

1,670

 

3,992

 

5,662

 

(2,025

)

227

 

(1,798

)

Federal funds sold

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

2

 

 

2

 

Other interest bearing deposits

 

145

 

(20

)

125

 

(452

)

(257

)

(709

)

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

 

(29,679

)

(12,671

)

(42,350

)

22,330

 

13,605

 

35,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market deposit accounts

 

(467

)

(6,861

)

(7,328

)

4,703

 

(7,511

)

(2,808

)

Savings deposits

 

306

 

(838

)

(532

)

476

 

(282

)

194

 

Time deposits

 

(11,408

)

(11,701

)

(23,109

)

(9,823

)

(33,327

)

(43,150

)

Short-term borrowings

 

(95

)

(201

)

(296

)

(1,572

)

(2,449

)

(4,021

)

Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated notes

 

(756

)

1,440

 

684

 

(1,405

)

(1,928

)

(3,333

)

Total decrease in interest expense

 

(12,420

)

(18,161

)

(30,581

)

(7,621

)

(45,497

)

(53,118

)

Total increase (decrease) in net interest income

 

$

(17,259

)

$

5,490

 

$

(11,769

)

$

29,951

 

$

59,102

 

$

89,053

 

 


(1)          Non-taxable loan and investment income is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% rate.

 

Other Income

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

Increase/
(Decrease)

 

Percentage
Change

 

Other income (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan service fees

 

$

7,698

 

$

6,517

 

$

1,181

 

18

%

Deposit service fees

 

39,070

 

38,934

 

136

 

0

%

Lease financing, net

 

26,939

 

21,853

 

5,086

 

23

%

Brokerage fees

 

5,884

 

5,012

 

872

 

17

%

Trust and asset management fees

 

17,324

 

15,037

 

2,287

 

15

%

Net gain on sale of investment securities

 

640

 

18,648

 

(18,008

)

(97

)%

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

4,377

 

3,516

 

861

 

24

%

Net loss on sale of other assets

 

283

 

630

 

(347

)

(55

)%

Acquisition related gains

 

 

62,649

 

(62,649

)

NM

 

Accretion of FDIC indemnification asset

 

4,838

 

9,678

 

(4,840

)

(50

)%

Card fees

 

7,017

 

7,057

 

(40

)

(1

)%

Net loss recognized on other real estate owned

 

(13,613

)

(9,285

)

(4,328

)

47

%

Other operating income

 

8,649

 

5,510

 

3,139

 

57

%

Total other income

 

$

109,106

 

$

185,756

 

$

(76,650

)

(41

)%

 

(NM — not meaningful)

 

Other income decreased by $76.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of the acquisition related gains recognized on the Broadway Bank and

 

39



Table of Contents

 

New Century Bank FDIC-assisted transactions in the second quarter of 2010 and lower gains on sales of investment securities in 2011.  Loan service fees increased due to an increase in prepayment, exit fees and interest rate swap fees partially offset by a decrease in letter of credit fees.  Net lease financing increased primarily due to an increase in the sales of third party equipment maintenance contracts.  Trust and asset management fees increased primarily due to the addition of a significant number of accounts during the third quarter of 2010, which impacted the full year in 2011.  The increase in cash surrender value of life insurance was higher due to an improvement in overall asset yields.  Accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset decreased as a result of the corresponding decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset balance during the year ended December 31, 2011.  Net loss recognized on other real estate owned increased primarily as a result of increased impairments due to a decline in value of land held in other real estate owned in 2011.  Other operating income increased primarily due to additional income from our international banking line of business and increased income from a Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) investment.

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

Increase/
(Decrease)

 

Percentage
Change

 

Other income (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan service fees

 

$

6,517

 

$

6,913

 

$

(396

)

(6

)%

Deposit service fees

 

38,934

 

30,600

 

8,334

 

27

%

Lease financing, net

 

21,853

 

18,528

 

3,325

 

18

%

Brokerage fees

 

5,012

 

4,606

 

406

 

9

%

Trust and asset management fees

 

15,037

 

12,593

 

2,444

 

19

%

Net gain on sale of investment securities

 

18,648

 

14,029

 

4,619

 

33

%

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

3,516

 

2,459

 

1,057

 

43

%

Net loss on sale of other assets

 

630

 

(13

)

643

 

NM

 

Acquisition related gains

 

62,649

 

28,547

 

34,102

 

119

%

Accretion of FDIC indemnification asset

 

9,678

 

 

9,678

 

NM

 

Card fees

 

7,057

 

4,551

 

2,506

 

55

%

Net loss recognized on other real estate owned

 

(9,285

)

(429

)

(8,856

)

NM

 

Other operating income

 

5,510

 

4,770

 

740

 

16

%

Total other income

 

$

185,756

 

$

127,154

 

$

58,602

 

46

%

 

(NM — not meaningful)

 

Other income increased for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to gains recognized on the Broadway and New Century FDIC-assisted transactions during the year ended December 31, 2010, totaling $62.6 million, while acquisition related gains in 2009 were $28.5 million.  See Note 2 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information.  Deposit service fees increased primarily due to an increase in commercial deposit fees related to the treasury management business acquired in the Corus FDIC-assisted transaction during the second half of 2009, additional treasury management customers added through our marketing efforts, an increase in NSF and overdraft fees related to the FDIC-assisted transactions completed in 2009 and 2010, and organic growth in existing branches.  Net lease financing increased primarily due to an increase in the sales of third party equipment maintenance contracts.  Trust and asset management fees increased primarily due to an increase in assets under management, as a result of organic growth and an increase in the market value of assets under management.  Other income was also impacted by a net gain on sale of investment securities of $18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared with a net gain on sale of investment securities of $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The Broadway Bank and New Century Bank FDIC-assisted transactions resulted in accretion on the corresponding FDIC indemnification asset.  Prior year accretion related to the Heritage Bank transaction and was not significant.  Card fees increased in 2010 as result of an increase in debit card activity and additional customers added during 2010.  Net loss recognized on other real estate owned was $9.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with $429 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of impairments due to a decline in value of land held in other real estate owned in 2010.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Other Expenses

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

Increase/
(Decrease)

 

Percentage
Change

 

Other expense (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

153,858

 

$

144,349

 

$

9,509

 

7

%

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

35,467

 

34,845

 

622

 

2

%

Computer services and telecommunication expense

 

14,885

 

14,615

 

270

 

2

%

Advertising and marketing expense

 

7,038

 

6,465

 

573

 

9

%

Professional and legal expense

 

6,147

 

5,803

 

344

 

6

%

Brokerage fee expense

 

1,557

 

1,926

 

(369

)

(19

)%

Other intangibles amortization expense

 

5,665

 

6,214

 

(549

)

(9

)%

FDIC insurance premiums

 

11,864

 

15,600

 

(3,736

)

(24

)%

Branch impairment charges

 

1,594

 

 

1,594

 

NM

 

Other real estate expenses, net

 

4,294

 

2,694

 

1,600

 

59

%

Other operating expenses

 

27,264

 

26,265

 

999

 

4

%

Total other expense

 

$

269,633

 

$

258,776

 

$

10,857

 

4

%

 

(NM — not meaningful)

 

Other expense increased by $10.9 million from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011.  Salaries and employee benefits expense increased due to additional employees added during 2010 in connection with the New Century and Broadway FDIC-assisted acquisitions, problem loan remediation staff added in 2010, and increased leasing incentive compensation on higher leasing revenues.  FDIC insurance premiums decreased due to lower deposits, a change in the assessment computation during 2011, and the impact of improved credit quality on the computation.  Other real estate expense increased as a result of more properties in other real estate owned throughout 2011 compared to 2010.  Other expense was also impacted by $1.6 million of fixed asset impairment charges due to our decision to close three branches throughout 2011.

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

Increase/
(Decrease)

 

Percentage
Change

 

Other expense (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

144,349

 

$

120,654

 

$

23,695

 

20

%

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

34,845

 

31,521

 

3,324

 

11

%

Computer services and telecommunication expense

 

14,615

 

13,444

 

1,171

 

9

%

Advertising and marketing expense

 

6,465

 

4,185

 

2,280

 

54

%

Professional and legal expense

 

5,803

 

4,680

 

1,123

 

24

%

Brokerage fee expense

 

1,926

 

1,999

 

(73

)

(4

)%

Other intangibles amortization expense

 

6,214

 

4,491

 

1,723

 

38

%

FDIC insurance premiums

 

15,600

 

16,762

 

(1,162

)

(7

)%

Branch impairment charges

 

 

4,000

 

(4,000

)

(100

)%

Other real estate expenses, net

 

2,694

 

871

 

1,823

 

209

%

Other operating expenses

 

26,265

 

21,143

 

5,122

 

24

%

Total other expense

 

$

258,776

 

$

223,750

 

$

35,026

 

16

%

 

Other expense increased from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the FDIC-assisted transactions completed during 2009 and 2010.  See Note 2 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information.  We completed six FDIC-assisted transactions in 2009 and 2010.  Operating expenses related to the FDIC-assisted transactions were approximately $37.5 million in 2010, and approximately $14.5 million in 2009, resulting in a year over year increase of approximately $23 million.  Salaries and employee benefits expense also increased due to problem loan remediation staff added throughout 2010.  FDIC insurance premiums decreased during the year ended December 31, 2010, as a $3.9 million special premium was assessed by the FDIC during the year ended December 31, 2009.  Impairment charges decreased from the year ended December 31, 2009 by $4.0 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company conducted an impairment review of branch office locations to be consolidated due to the Company’s FDIC-assisted transactions.   As a result, the Company recognized a $4.0 million impairment charge related to three branches in the third quarter of 2009.  Other real estate expense increased as a result of an increase in OREO activity during 2010.  Other operating expenses increased due to an increase of $1.4 million in debit card expenses due to increased activity.  Other operating expenses also

 

41



Table of Contents

 

increased due to expenses related to our FDIC-assisted transactions.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $5.3 million compared to income tax expense from continuing operations of $24 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010.   The increase was primarily due to an increase in our pre-tax income during the year ended December 31, 2011.  The income tax expense for 2011 included $2 million of income tax benefit as deferred tax assets increased as a result of an increase in the Illinois corporate income tax rate which was enacted and became effective in the first quarter of 2011.

 

Income tax expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $24 thousand compared to an income tax benefit from continuing operations of $45.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.   The decrease in the benefit was primarily due to an increase in our pre-tax income during the year ended December 31, 2010.  Additionally, during 2009, the Company increased the amount of benefit recognized with respect to certain previously identified uncertain tax positions as a result of developments in tax audits.  The increase in recognized tax benefit resulted in a $7.7 million increase in income tax benefit in 2009.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company had $4.1 million of income tax expense from discontinued operations.

 

As previously stated in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section above, income tax expense recorded in the consolidated income statement involves interpretation and application of certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes, and is, therefore, considered a critical accounting policy.  See Note 1 and Note 16 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements for our income tax accounting policy and additional income tax information.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Balance Sheet

 

Total assets decreased $487.3 million, or 4.7%, from $10.3 billion at December 31, 2010 to $9.8 billion at December 31, 2011.  Investment securities increased $831.5 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 mostly as a result of the deployment of interest-earning cash balances and proceeds from loans sold and loan paydowns.  Interest earning cash balances decreased by $637.1 million, or 86.4%, to $100.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $737.4 million at December 31, 2010.  Gross loans decreased by $666.8 million, or 10.1%, to $6.0 billion at December 31, 2011 from $6.6 billion at December 31, 2010.  During the second quarter of 2011, we sold certain performing, sub-performing and non-performing loans with an aggregate carrying amount of $281.6 million.  See “Loan Portfolio” section below for further analysis.

 

Total liabilities decreased by $535.5 million, or 6.0%, from $9.0 billion at December 31, 2010 to $8.4 billion at December 31, 2011.  Total deposits decreased by $505.4 million, or 6.2%, to $7.6 billion at December 31, 2011 from $8.2 billion at December 31, 2010.  Consistent with our strategy, deposits decreased as a result of a reduction of balances from rate sensitive customers.  Total stockholders’ equity increased $48.2 million to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily due to our net income reflected in 2011.

 

Investment Securities

 

The primary purpose of the investment portfolio is to provide a source of earnings, be a source of liquidity, and serve as a tool for managing interest rate risk.  In managing the portfolio, we seek to balance safety of principal and liquidity, and diversification considerations with maximum return.  See “Liquidity” and “Capital Resources” in this Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk - Asset Liability Management” under Item 7A.

 

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our investment securities, by type of security as indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies and enterprises

 

$

39,640

 

$

42,401

 

$

18,766

 

$

19,434

 

$

69,120

 

$

70,239

 

States and political subdivisions

 

500,979

 

535,660

 

351,274

 

364,932

 

366,845

 

380,234

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,256,696

 

1,281,806

 

1,174,500

 

1,196,536

 

2,380,195

 

2,374,741

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

51,324

 

52,685

 

521

 

530

 

2,300

 

2,310

 

Corporate bonds

 

5,899

 

5,899

 

6,140

 

6,140

 

11,400

 

11,395

 

Equity securities

 

10,457

 

10,846

 

10,093

 

10,171

 

4,280

 

4,314

 

 

 

1,864,995

 

1,929,297

 

1,561,294

 

1,597,743

 

2,834,140

 

2,843,233

 

Held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

240,183

 

247,664

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

259,100

 

263,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

499,283

 

511,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,364,278

 

$

2,440,319

 

$

1,561,294

 

$

1,597,743

 

$

2,834,140

 

$

2,843,233

 

 

The increase in securities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was mostly as a result of the deployment of interest-earning cash balances.  Fannie Mae issued mortgage-backed securities had an aggregate book value and market value of $426.3 million and $434.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011.  Freddie Mac issued mortgage-backed securities had an aggregate book value and market value of $784.4 million and $799.6 million at December 31, 2011, respectively.  We do not have any meaningful direct or indirect holdings of subprime residential mortgage investment securities, home equity lines of credit investment securities, or any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac preferred or common equity securities in our investment portfolio.  Additionally, more than 99% of our mortgage-backed securities are U.S. agency guaranteed.

 

The Company has no direct exposure to the State of Illinois, but approximately 22% of the state and political subdivisions portfolio consists of securities issued by municipalities in Illinois.  Approximately 40% of state and political subdivisions securities are insured and approximately 85% of the portfolio consists of general obligation issues.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding contractual maturities and the weighted average yields of our investment securities at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Due in One
Year or Less

 

Due after One
Year through
Five Years

 

Due after Five
Years through
Ten Years

 

Due after
Ten Years

 

 

 

Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies and enterprises

 

$

522

 

2.02

%

$

41,879

 

3.07

%

$

 

0.00

%

$

 

0.00

%

States and political subdivision (1)

 

12,280

 

5.66

%

146,529

 

5.96

%

174,501

 

6.20

%

202,350

 

5.77

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities (2)

 

14

 

5.74

%

6,730

 

2.23

%

75,037

 

2.80

%

1,200,025

 

2.51

%

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (2)

 

 

 

42

 

4.37

%

405

 

2.74

%

52,238

 

4.97

%

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,899

 

4.07

%

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,846

 

2.83

%

 

 

12,816

 

5.51

%

195,180

 

5.21

%

249,943

 

5.18

%

1,471,358

 

3.05

%

Held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivision (1)

 

 

 

 

 

3,669

 

4.55

%

236,514

 

5.50

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

259,100

 

4.37

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,669

 

4.55

%

495,614

 

4.91

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

12,816

 

5.51

%

$

195,180

 

5.21

%

$

253,612

 

5.17

%

$

1,966,972

 

3.52

%

 


(1)   Yield is reflected on a fully tax equivalent basis utilizing a 35% tax rate.

(2)   These securities are presented based upon contractual maturities.

 

Loan Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Commercial related credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

$

1,113,123

 

19

%

$

1,206,984

 

18

%

$

1,387,476

 

21

%

$

1,522,380

 

24

%

$

1,323,455

 

24

%

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

1,208,575

 

20

%

1,053,446

 

16

%

953,452

 

15

%

649,918

 

10

%

553,138

 

10

%

Commercial real estate

 

1,853,788

 

31

%

2,176,584

 

33

%

2,472,520

 

38

%

2,353,261

 

38

%

1,974,370

 

36

%

Construction real estate

 

183,789

 

3

%

423,339

 

6

%

594,482

 

9

%

757,900

 

13

%

845,158

 

14

%

Total commercial related credits

 

4,359,275

 

73

%

4,860,353

 

73

%

5,407,930

 

83

%

5,283,459

 

85

%

4,696,121

 

84

%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

316,787

 

5

%

328,482

 

5

%

291,022

 

4

%

295,336

 

5

%

354,874

 

6

%

Indirect vehicle

 

187,481

 

3

%

175,664

 

3

%

180,267

 

3

%

189,227

 

3

%

146,311

 

3

%

Home equity

 

336,043

 

6

%

381,662

 

6

%

405,439

 

6

%

401,029

 

6

%

365,589

 

6

%

Consumer loans

 

88,865

 

2

%

59,320

 

1

%

66,293

 

1

%

59,512

 

1

%

52,732

 

1

%

Total other loans

 

929,176

 

16

%

945,128

 

15

%

943,021

 

14

%

945,104

 

15

%

919,506

 

16

%

Gross loans excluding covered loans

 

5,288,451

 

89

%

5,805,481

 

88

%

6,350,951

 

97

%

6,228,563

 

100

%

5,615,627

 

100

%

Covered loans (1)

 

662,544

 

11

%

812,330

 

12

%

173,596

 

3

%

 

0

%

 

0

%

Total loans (2)

 

$

5,950,995

 

100

%

$

6,617,811

 

100

%

$

6,524,547

 

100

%

$

6,228,563

 

100

%

$

5,615,627

 

100

%

 


(1)          Loans that MB Financial Bank will share losses with the FDIC are referred to as “covered loans”.

(2)          Gross loan balances at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are net of unearned income, including net deferred loans fees of $1.0 million, $3.3 million, $4.6 million, $4.5 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

 

Gross loans, excluding covered loans, decreased from 2010 to 2011 by approximately $517.0 million.  During May of 2011, the Company began marketing certain loans for sale to third parties. Loan pools were finalized after receipt of loan bids in June 2011, and were transferred to loans held for sale at that time. Charge-offs were taken when the loans were transferred to loans held for sale in June 2011. The sale was completed on June 30, 2011.  The results for the year ended December 31, 2011 include a provision for credit losses of approximately $50 million in connection with the

 

44



Table of Contents

 

sale during the second quarter of 2011 of loans with an aggregate carrying amount of $281.6 million prior to the transfer to loans held for sale, including $156.3 million in non-performing loans.  We recognized approximately $87 million in charge-offs as a result of the sale.

 

The decrease in commercial and commercial real estate loans from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 was primarily due to the loan sale discussed above, remixing our loan portfolio to reduce problem credits and weaker demand.  The lease loan portfolio increased, as we continued to emphasize growth in this area.  We believe that our lease loan portfolio has historically performed better than our other lending categories as a result of lessees typically being larger than our typical middle market customer with more staying power during economic downturns and the leased equipment being central to their operations. The decrease in construction loans from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 was primarily due to principal pay downs and disposition of problem credits with fewer new loans being generated due to reduced demand and tighter underwriting standards.

 

Gross loans, excluding covered loans decreased from 2009 to 2010 by approximately $545.5 million.  The decrease in commercial loans from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 was primarily due to a decrease in the usage of commercial lines and overall weaker demand for new loans in our market.  The lease loan portfolio increased, as we emphasized growth in this area.  The decrease in commercial real estate loans from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 was primarily due to principal pay downs and disposition of problem credits, including elevated charge-offs, with fewer new loans being generated due to reduced demand.  The decrease in construction real estate loans from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, was primarily due to fewer new loans made and disposition of problem credits, including transfers to OREO and elevated charge-offs during 2010 and tighter underwriting standards.

 

Loan Maturities

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our non-performing loans and the scheduled maturity information for the performing loans in our loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 (in thousands).  Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments, loans with no stated maturity and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.

 

 

 

 

 

Due in One Year

 

Due after One Year

 

Due after

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Or Less

 

Through Five Years

 

Five Years

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing

 

Fixed

 

Floating

 

Fixed

 

Floating

 

Fixed

 

Floating

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

Rate (2)

 

Rate (2)

 

Rate (2)

 

Rate (2)

 

Rate (2)

 

Rate (2)

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

$

34,813

 

$

45,375

 

$

598,373

 

$

133,139

 

$

231,775

 

$

34,816

 

$

34,832

 

$

1,113,123

 

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

2,182

 

113,136

 

 

1,055,509

 

8,831

 

28,917

 

 

1,208,575

 

Commercial real estate

 

76,551

 

234,276

 

245,979

 

871,931

 

249,613

 

48,336

 

127,102

 

1,853,788

 

Construction real estate

 

1,145

 

8,870

 

53,112

 

17,667

 

23,558

 

26,745

 

52,692

 

183,789

 

Residential real estate

 

4,300

 

34,625

 

333

 

3,616

 

733

 

111,149

 

162,031

 

316,787

 

Indirect vehicle

 

1,304

 

6,558

 

 

120,265

 

 

59,354

 

 

187,481

 

Home equity

 

9,087

 

954

 

52,522

 

5,647

 

178,450

 

22,493

 

66,890

 

336,043

 

Consumer loans

 

9

 

39,059

 

13,668

 

5,460

 

207

 

208

 

30,254

 

88,865

 

Covered loans

 

 

208,853

 

106,316

 

241,647

 

69,287

 

13,988

 

22,453

 

662,544

 

Gross loans

 

$

129,391

 

$

691,706

 

$

1,070,303

 

$

2,454,881

 

$

762,454

 

$

346,006

 

$

496,254

 

$

5,950,995

 

 


(1)          Excludes purchased credit-impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Heritage, InBank, Corus, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions. Purchased credit-impaired loans have evidence of deterioration in credit quality prior to acquisition.  Fair value of these loans as of acquisition includes estimates of credit losses.  These loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing.  See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding purchased credit-impaired loans.

(2)          Excludes non-performing loans.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Asset Quality

 

The following table sets forth the amounts of non-performing loans and non-performing assets at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Non-performing loans(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accruing loans

 

$

129,309

 

$

362,441

 

$

270,839

 

$

145,936

 

$

24,459

 

Loans 90 days or more past due, still accruing interest

 

82

 

1

 

477

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

 

129,391

 

362,442

 

271,316

 

145,936

 

24,459

 

Other real estate owned(2)

 

78,452

 

71,476

 

36,711

 

4,366

 

1,120

 

Repossessed vehicles

 

156

 

82

 

333

 

356

 

179

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

207,999

 

$

434,000

 

$

308,360

 

$

150,658

 

$

25,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses(3)

 

$

126,798

 

$

192,217

 

$

177,072

 

$

144,001

 

$

65,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing restructured loans(4)

 

$

37,996

 

$

22,543

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans to total loans

 

2.17

%

5.48

%

4.16

%

2.34

%

0.44

%

Total non-performing assets to total assets

 

2.12

%

4.21

%

2.84

%

1.71

%

0.33

%

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans(1)

 

98.00

%

53.03

%

65.26

%

98.67

%

266.17

%

 


(1)          This table excludes purchased credit-impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Heritage, InBank, Corus, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions.  Purchased credit-impaired loans have evidence of deterioration in credit quality prior to acquisition.  Fair value of these loans as of acquisition includes estimates of credit losses.  These loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing.  See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding purchased credit-impaired loans.  This table also excludes loans held for sale.

(2)          This table excludes other real estate owned that is related to the Heritage, InBank, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century FDIC-assisted transactions.  Other real estate owned related to the Heritage, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions, which totaled $58.0 million, $42.5 million and $15.3 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is subject to the loss-share agreements with the FDIC.  See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further information.

(3)          The reserve for unfunded credit commitments (primarily letters of credit) was reclassified from the allowance for loan losses to other liabilities as of June 30, 2011.  Includes $13.6 million, $3.1 million, $1.9 million, $1.3 million of reserves on unfunded credit commitments at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(4)          Accruing restructured loans consists primarily of commercial and commercial real estate loans that have been modified and are performing in accordance with those modified terms.

 

A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that leads to a restructuring of the loan, and the Company grants concessions to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider. These concessions may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of maturity date and other actions intended to minimize potential losses.  A loan that is modified at a market rate of interest may no longer be classified as troubled debt restructuring in the calendar year subsequent to the restructuring if it is in compliance with the modified terms.  Payment performance prior and subsequent to the restructuring is taken into account in assessing whether it is likely that the borrower can meet the new terms.  This may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring.  A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required for return to accrual status.

 

Periodically, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a non-performing note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable time prior to and subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year of the restructuring that the historical payment performance has been established.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a summary of other real estate owned (“OREO”), excluding assets related to FDIC-assisted transactions, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Beginning balance

 

$

71,476

 

$

36,711

 

$

4,366

 

Transfers in at fair value less estimated costs to sell

 

60,795

 

63,958

 

46,992

 

Fair value adjustments

 

(10,988

)

(7,786

)

(535

)

Net (losses) gains on sales of OREO

 

1,016

 

(725

)

15

 

Cash received upon disposition

 

(43,847

)

(20,682

)

(14,127

)

Ending balance

 

$

78,452

 

$

71,476

 

$

36,711

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the OREO portfolio consisted of 21 properties with $32.6 million of OREO balance related to land loans, 17 properties with $30.5 million of OREO balance related to construction loans, 15 properties with $10.7 million of OREO balance related to commercial real estate loans and 12 properties with $4.6 million of OREO balance related to residential real estate loans.  In addition, the Company also recorded losses of $3.6 million and $773 thousand on OREO related to assets acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  There were no recorded losses related to OREO related to assets acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

The following table presents data related to non-performing loans, excluding purchased credit-impaired loans and loans held for sale, by dollar amount and category at December 31, 2011 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Commercial and Lease
Loans

 

Construction Real Estate
Loans

 

Commercial Real Estate
Loans

 

Consumer
Loans

 

Total Loans

 

 

 

Number of
Borrowers

 

Amount

 

Number of
Borrowers

 

Amount

 

Number of
Borrowers

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

$10.0 million or more

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$5.0 million to $9.9 million

 

2

 

14,322

 

 

 

2

 

15,435

 

 

29,757

 

$1.5 million to $4.9 million

 

5

 

12,031

 

 

 

13

 

37,509

 

 

49,540

 

Under $1.5 million

 

42

 

10,642

 

3

 

1,145

 

61

 

23,607

 

14,700

 

50,094

 

 

 

49

 

$

36,995

 

3

 

$

1,145

 

76

 

$

76,551

 

$

14,700

 

$

129,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of individual loan category

 

 

 

1.59

%

 

 

0.62

%

 

 

4.13

%

1.58

%

2.17

%

 

The following table presents data related to non-performing loans, excluding purchased credit-impaired loans and loans held for sale, by dollar amount and category at December 31, 2010 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Commercial and Lease
Loans

 

Construction Real Estate
Loans

 

Commercial Real Estate
Loans

 

Consumer
Loans

 

Total Loans

 

 

 

Number of
Borrowers

 

Amount

 

Number of
Borrowers

 

Amount

 

Number of
Borrowers

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

$10.0 million or more

 

 

$

 

2

 

$

29,695

 

2

 

$

34,423

 

$

 

$

64,118

 

$5.0 million to $9.9 million

 

3

 

23,683

 

5

 

29,791

 

3

 

20,102

 

 

73,576

 

$1.5 million to $4.9 million

 

6

 

14,005

 

13

 

41,313

 

15

 

41,720

 

3,272

 

100,310

 

Under $1.5 million

 

45

 

14,880

 

30

 

21,278

 

144

 

62,619

 

25,661

 

124,438

 

 

 

54

 

$

52,568

 

50

 

$

122,077

 

164

 

$

158,864

 

$

28,933

 

$

362,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of individual loan category

 

 

 

2.33

%

 

 

28.84

%

 

 

7.30

%

3.06

%

5.48

%

 

The aggregate principal amount of non-performing loans was $129.4 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to $362.4 million as of December 31, 2010.  The decrease in non-performing loans was primarily a result of the loan sale in the second quarter of 2011 discussed earlier, as well as collections, upgrades, transfers to other real estate owned and charge-offs throughout 2011.

 

Non-performing Assets

 

Non-performing loans include loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis and accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal.  Management reviews the loan portfolio for problem loans on an ongoing basis.  During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of loan agreements.  These loans are placed under close supervision with

 

47



Table of Contents

 

consideration given to placing the loan on non-accrual status, increasing the allowance for loan losses and (if appropriate) partial or full charge-off.  After a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not yet collected is reversed against current income.  Generally, if interest payments are received on non-accrual loans, these payments will be applied to principal and not taken into income.  Loans will not be placed back on accrual status unless back interest and principal payments are made.  With respect to the loans that were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross interest income that would have been recorded on such loans during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 had such loans been current in accordance with their original terms was approximately $11.9 million and $17.8 million, respectively.  The amount of interest income on these loans that was included in net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $836 thousand and $307 thousand, respectively.  Our general policy is to place loans 90 days past due on non-accrual status, as well as those loans that continue to pay, but display underlying structural weakness.

 

Non-performing loans exclude purchased credit-impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Heritage, InBank, Corus, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions.  Deterioration in credit quality occurred prior to acquisition.  Fair value of these loans as of acquisition includes estimates of credit losses.  These loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing.  During the year ended December 31, 2011 there was a provision to the allowance for loan losses of $3.8 million and net charge-offs of $3.0 million in relation to five pools of purchased loans with a total carrying amount of $32.7 million as of December 31, 2011.  There was $827 thousand in allowance for loan losses related to these purchased loans at December 31, 2011 and none at December 31, 2010. See Note 6 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding purchased credit-impaired loans.

 

Non-performing assets consists of non-performing loans as well as other repossessed assets and other real estate owned.  Other real estate owned represents properties acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings and is recorded at fair value less the estimated cost of disposal at the date of acquisition.  Other real estate owned is evaluated regularly to ensure that the recorded amount is supported by its current fair value.  Valuation allowances to reduce the carrying amount to fair value less estimated costs of disposal are recorded as necessary.  Gains and losses and changes in valuations on other real estate owned are included in other income.  Expenses, net of rental income, from the operations of other real estate owned are reflected as a separate line item on the income statement.  Other repossessed assets primarily consist of repossessed vehicles.  Losses on repossessed vehicles are charged-off to the allowance when title is taken and the vehicle is valued.  Once the Bank obtains title, repossessed vehicles are not included in loans, but are classified as “other assets” on the consolidated balance sheets.  The typical holding period for resale of repossessed automobiles is less than 90 days unless significant repairs to the vehicle are needed which occasionally results in a longer holding period.  The typical holding period for motorcycles can be more than 90 days, as the average motorcycle re-sale period is longer than the average automobile re-sale period.  The longer average period for motorcycles is a result of cyclical trends in the motorcycle market.

 

Other real estate owned that is related to our FDIC-assisted transactions is excluded from non-performing assets.  Other real estate owned related to the Heritage, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions, which totaled $58.0 million and $42.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, is subject to the loss-share agreements with the FDIC.  See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further information.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Management believes the allowance for loan losses accounting policy is critical to the portrayal and understanding of our financial condition and results of operations.  Selection and application of this “critical accounting policy” involves judgments, estimates, and uncertainties that are subject to change.  In the event that different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, and depending upon the severity of such changes, materially different financial condition or results of operations is a reasonable possibility.

 

We maintain our allowance for loan losses at a level that management believes is appropriate to absorb probable losses on existing loans based on an evaluation of the collectability of loans, underlying collateral and prior loss experience.

 

Our allowance for loan losses is comprised of three elements: a general loss reserve; a specific reserve for impaired loans; and a reserve for smaller-balance homogenous loans.  Each element is discussed below.

 

General Loss Reserve.  We maintain a general loan loss reserve for the four categories of commercial-related loans in our portfolio - commercial loans, commercial loans collateralized by the assignment of lease payments (lease loans), commercial real estate loans and construction real estate loans.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Under our loan risk rating system, each loan, with the exception of those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, is risk rated between one and nine by the originating loan officer, Senior Credit Management, Loan Review or any loan committee.  Loans rated one represent those loans least likely to default and a loan rated nine represents a loss.  The probability of loans defaulting for each risk rating, sometimes referred to as default factors, are estimated based on the frequency with which loans migrate from one risk rating to another and to default status over time.  We use a loan loss reserve model that incorporates the migration of loan risk ratings and historical default data over a multi-year period to develop our estimated default factors (EDFs).  The model tracks annual loan rating migrations by loan type and currently uses loan risk rating migrations for ten years.  The migration data is adjusted by using average losses for an economic cycle to develop EDFs by loan type, risk rating and maturity.  EDFs are updated annually in December. During 2011, we shortened the period of time used in computing average losses for an economic cycle to ten years.

 

Estimated loan default factors are multiplied by individual loan balances in each risk-rating category and again multiplied by an historical loss given default estimate for each loan type (which incorporates estimated recoveries) to determine an appropriate level of allowance by loan type.  This approach is applied to the commercial, lease, commercial real estate, and construction real estate components of the portfolio.

 

To account for current economic conditions, the general allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) also includes adjustments for macroeconomic factors.  Macroeconomic factors adjust the ALLL upward or downward based on the current point in the economic cycle using predictive economic data and are applied to the loan loss model through a separate allowance element for the commercial, commercial real estate, construction real estate and lease loan components.  Our macroeconomic factors are based on regression analyses that reflect a high correlation between certain macroeconomic factors and industry wide charge-off rates.  The correlation of over 25 indicators to charge-offs were tested (change in fed funds rate, change in personal income, durable goods orders, etc.).  We annually review this data to determine that such a correlation continues to exist.  We currently use the following macroeconomic indicators in our macroeconomic factor computation:

 

Commercial and industrial loans and lease loans:  Crude oil prices, our prior period charge-off rates and the manufacturing index.

 

Commercial real estate loans and construction loans:  Crude oil prices, our prior period charge-off rates and the consumer confidence index.

 

Using the indicators noted above, a predicted industry wide charge-off rate is calculated.  The predicted charge-off percentage is then compared to the cycle average charge-off percentage used in our EDF computation discussed above, and a macroeconomic adjustment factor is calculated.  The macroeconomic adjustment factor is applied to each commercial loan type.  Each year, we review the predictive nature of the macroeconomic factors by comparing actual charge-offs to the predicted model charge-offs, re-run our regression analysis and recalibrate the macroeconomic factors as appropriate.

 

At each quarter end, potential problem loans are reviewed individually, with adjustments made to the general calculated reserve for each loan as deemed necessary.  Specific adjustments are made depending on expected cash flows and/or the value of the collateral securing the loan.  See discussion in “Specific Reserve” section below.

 

The general loss reserve was $102.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and $126.4 million as of December 31, 2010.  The decrease in the general loss reserve was primarily due to the sale of sub-performing loans in the loan sale in the second quarter of 2011, improvement in credit quality throughout 2011 and an overall decrease in loan balances during the year ended December 31, 2011.  Reserves on impaired loans are included in the “Specific Reserve” section below.  See additional discussion in “Potential Problem Loans” below.

 

Specific Reserves.  Our allowance for loan losses also includes specific reserves on impaired loans.  A loan is considered to be impaired when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of all contractual principal and interest payments due is doubtful.

 

At each quarter-end, impaired loans are reviewed individually, with adjustments made to the general calculated reserve for each loan as deemed necessary.  Specific adjustments are made depending on expected cash flows and/or the value of the collateral securing each loan.  Generally, the Company obtains a current external appraisal (within 12 months) on real estate secured impaired loans.  Our appraisal policy is designed to comply with the Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines, most recently updated on December 2010. As part of our compliance with these other regulations, we maintain an internal Appraisal Review Department that engages and reviews all third party appraisals.

 

For impaired loans with real estate as all or part of the collateral, third party appraisals are obtained annually at a minimum. The only exception occurs where we are in a second position and it is determined that the amount of the first mortgage (when known) far exceeds a reasonable value for the property.  Other valuation techniques are used as well, including internal valuations, comparable property analyses and contractual sales information.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

In addition, each impaired loan with real estate collateral is reviewed quarterly by the Chief Real Estate Appraiser to determine that the most recent valuation remains appropriate during subsequent quarters until the next appraisal is received.  If considered necessary by the Chief Real Estate Appraiser, the appraised value may be further discounted by internally applying accepted appraisal methodologies to an older appraisal.  Accepted appraisal methodologies include:  income capitalization approach adjusting for changes in underlying leases, adjustments related to condominium projects with units sales, adjustments for loan fundings, and “As is” compared to “As Stabilized” valuations.  As of December 31, 2011, almost all appraisals were completed within the previous 12 months.

 

Other valuation techniques are also used to value non-real estate assets.  Discounts may be applied in the impairment analysis used for general business assets (GBA).  Examples of GBA include accounts receivable, inventory, and any marketable securities pledged. The discount is used to reflect collection risk in the event of default that may not have been included in the valuation of the asset.

 

The total specific reserve component of the allowance was $10.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and $51.8 million as of December 31, 2010.  The decrease in specific reserve reflects the decrease in impaired loans mainly as the result of the loan sale in the second quarter of 2011, improvement in credit quality throughout 2011, charge-offs on loans during 2011 and the reclassification of the reserve for unfunded credit commitments as a liability.

 

Smaller Balance Homogenous Loans.  Pools of homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses.  These loan pools include consumer, residential real estate, home equity and indirect vehicle loans.  Migration probabilities obtained from past due roll rate analyses are applied to current balances to forecast charge-offs over a one-year time horizon.  The reserves for smaller balance homogenous loans totaled $13.8 million at December 31, 2011 and $14.0 million at December 31, 2010.

 

We consistently apply our methodology for determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses, but may adjust our methodologies and assumptions based on historical information related to charge-offs and management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio.  In this regard, we periodically review the following in order to validate our allowance for loan losses: historical net charge-offs as they relate to prior allowance for loan loss, comparison of historical loan migration in past years compared to the current year, overall credit trends and ratios and any significant changes in loan concentrations.  In reviewing this data, we adjust qualitative factors within our allowance methodology to appropriately reflect any changes warranted by the validation process.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years presented (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

192,217

 

$

177,072

 

$

144,001

 

$

65,103

 

$

58,983

 

Provision for credit losses

 

120,750

 

246,200

 

231,800

 

125,721

 

19,313

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

(17,571

)

(58,077

)

(46,113

)

(13,653

)

(7,072

)

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

(1,466

)

(1,711

)

(5,407

)

(1,258

)

(515

)

Commercial real estate

 

(96,633

)

(79,828

)

(38,842

)

(14,872

)

(3,471

)

Residential real estate

 

(12,643

)

(3,326

)

(1,476

)

(550

)

(1,075

)

Construction real estate

 

(52,917

)

(94,533

)

(103,789

)

(14,940

)

(2,294

)

Indirect vehicles

 

(2,836

)

(3,199

)

(4,085

)

(2,109

)

(1,193

)

Home equity

 

(11,066

)

(4,632

)

(3,443

)

(1,801

)

(194

)

Consumer loans

 

(1,648

)

(1,755

)

(1,124

)

(642

)

(492

)

Total charge-offs

 

(196,780

)

(247,061

)

(204,279

)

(49,825

)

(16,306

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

5,370

 

8,788

 

1,491

 

891

 

1,265

 

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

225

 

184

 

 

67

 

979

 

Commercial real estate

 

3,332

 

2,070

 

40

 

266

 

37

 

Residential real estate

 

49

 

184

 

44

 

29

 

20

 

Construction real estate

 

8,590

 

3,170

 

2,957

 

951

 

38

 

Indirect vehicles

 

1,399

 

1,163

 

757

 

625

 

389

 

Home equity

 

224

 

351

 

53

 

132

 

344

 

Consumer loans

 

599

 

96

 

208

 

41

 

41

 

Total recoveries

 

19,788

 

16,006

 

5,550

 

3,002

 

3,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(176,992

)

(231,055

)

(198,729

)

(46,823

)

(13,193

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

135,975

 

192,217

 

177,072

 

144,001

 

65,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for unfunded credit commitments(1)

 

9,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses(2)

 

$

126,798

 

$

192,217

 

$

177,072

 

$

144,001

 

$

65,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans at December 31,

 

$

5,950,995

 

$

6,617,811

 

$

6,524,547

 

$

6,228,563

 

$

5,615,627

 

Ratio of allowance to total loans

 

2.13

%

2.90

%

2.71

%

2.31

%

1.16

%

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans

 

2.90

%

3.42

%

3.09

%

0.79

%

0.25

%

 


(1)          The reserve for unfunded credit commitments (primarily letters of credit) was reclassified from the allowance for loan losses to other liabilities as of June 30, 2011.

(2)          Includes $13.6 million, $3.1 million, $1.9 million, and $1.3 million of reserves on unfunded credit commitments at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Net charge-offs decreased $54.1 million to $177.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $231.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.  Provision for credit losses decreased by $125.5 million to $120.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 from $246.2 million in the same period of 2010.  The decrease in the required provision, excluding the effects of the loan sale transaction, was a result of lower downward migration of loans to non-performing status and higher collateral value underlying the loans that did migrate.

 

Charge-offs in 2010 included losses of approximately $22.5 million incurred on a commercial loan as a result of a suspected borrower fraud. The suspected fraud related to a borrower with a complex ownership structure, which gave the borrower the opportunity to move collateral amongst various lenders thus inflating global collateral values. In response to this, we have formed an independent group, reporting to credit management, whose sole function is to monitor borrowing bases and borrower collateral. Borrowing bases and collateral securing credit lines are now more closely monitored by personnel independent of the sales function. No other suspected frauds have been identified since the creation of this group.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the years presented and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans.  The purpose of this allocation is only for internal analysis of the adequacy of the allowance and is not an indication of expected or anticipated losses (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Amount

 

Loans

 

Commercial loans

 

$

21,106

 

19

%

$

28,747

 

18

%

$

39,226

 

21

%

$

40,217

 

24

%

$

15,627

 

24

%

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

7,561

 

20

%

6,424

 

16

%

8,726

 

15

%

10,245

 

10

%

7,854

 

10

%

Commercial real estate

 

68,658

 

31

%

105,875

 

33

%

56,710

 

38

%

31,241

 

38

%

15,653

 

36

%

Residential real estate

 

3,935

 

5

%

5,104

 

5

%

2,934

 

4

%

1,623

 

5

%

1,430

 

6

%

Construction real estate

 

15,639

 

3

%

37,215

 

6

%

59,760

 

9

%

57,443

 

13

%

23,039

 

14

%

Consumer loans and other

 

9,862

 

11

%

8,852

 

10

%

9,716

 

10

%

3,232

 

10

%

1,500

 

10

%

Covered loans

 

37

 

11

%

 

12

%

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

Total (1)

 

$

126,798

 

100

%

$

192,217

 

100

%

$

177,072

 

100

%

$

144,001

 

100

%

$

65,103

 

100

%

 


(1)          The reserve for unfunded credit commitments (primarily letters of credit) was reclassified from the allowance for loan losses to other liabilities as of June 30, 2011.  Includes $13.6 million, $3.1 million, $1.9 million, and $1.3 million of reserves on unfunded credit commitments at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Additions to the allowance for loan losses, which are charged to earnings through the provision for credit losses, are determined based on a variety of factors, including specific reserves, current loan risk ratings, delinquent loans, historical loss experience and economic conditions in our market area.  In addition, federal regulatory authorities, as part of the examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses.  The regulators may require us to record adjustments to the allowance level based upon their assessment of the information available to them at the time of examination.  Although management believes the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, there can be no assurance that the allowance will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses.

 

We utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem and potential problem assets.  At scheduled meetings of the board of directors of MB Financial Bank, a watch list is presented, showing significant loan relationships listed as “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” and “Doubtful.”  An asset is classified Substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.  Assets classified as Loss are those considered uncollectible and viewed as valueless assets and have been charged-off.  Assets that do not currently expose us to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention are deemed to be Special Mention.

 

Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our valuation allowances is subject to review by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, MB Financial Bank’s primary regulator, which can order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.  There can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not request us to materially adjust our allowance for loan losses.  The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted an interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan losses.  The policy statement provides guidance for financial institutions on both the responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of adequate allowances and guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines.  Generally, the policy statement recommends that (1) institutions have effective systems and controls to identify, monitor and address asset quality problems; (2) management has analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectability of the portfolio in a reasonable manner; and (3) management has established acceptable allowance evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement.  Management believes it has established an adequate allowance for probable loan losses as appropriate under GAAP.  We analyze our process regularly, with modifications made if needed, and report those results four times per year at meetings of our board of directors.  However, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not request us to materially adjust our allowance for loan losses at the time of their examination.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Although management believes that adequate specific and general loan loss allowances have been established, actual losses are dependent upon future events and, as such, further additions to the level of specific and general loan loss allowances may become necessary.

 

Potential Problem Loans

 

We define potential problem loans as performing loans rated substandard, that do not meet the definition of a non-performing loan (See “Asset Quality” section above for non-performing loans).  We do not necessarily expect to realize losses on potential problem loans, but we recognize potential problem loans carry a higher probability of default and require additional attention by management.  The aggregate principal amounts of potential problem loans as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were approximately $149.8 million and $291.7 million, respectively.  Management believes it has established an adequate allowance for probable loan losses as appropriate under GAAP.

 

The decrease in potential problem loans was due to the loan sale during the second quarter of 2011 discussed earlier as well as upgrades and loan payments/payoffs and some downward migration to non-performing status.  Potential problem loans with balances of approximately $65.6 million were sold in the second quarter loan sale discussed above.

 

Sources of Funds

 

General.  Deposits, short-term and long-term borrowings, including junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts and subordinated debt, loan and investment security repayments and prepayments, proceeds from the sale of securities, and cash flows generated from operations are the primary sources of our funds for lending, investing, leasing and other general purposes.  Loan repayments are a relatively predictable source of funds except during periods of significant interest rate declines, while deposit flows tend to fluctuate with prevailing interests rates, money markets conditions, general economic conditions and competition.

 

Deposits.  We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms.  Our core deposits consist of checking accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts and non-public certificates of deposit.  These deposits, along with public fund deposits, brokered deposits, and short-term and long-term borrowings are used to support our asset base.  Our deposits are obtained predominantly from the geographic trade areas surrounding each of our office locations.  We rely primarily on customer service and long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain deposits; however, market interest rates and rates offered by competing financial institutions significantly affect our ability to attract and retain deposits.  We also use brokered deposits as an alternative funding source which allows us flexibility in managing our overall interest expense.  Total deposits decreased by $505.4 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 as a result of a reduction of balances from rate sensitive customers.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the maturities of certificates of deposit and other time deposits $100,000 and over at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Certificates of deposit $100,000 and over:

 

 

 

Maturing within three months

 

$

272,756

 

After three but within six months

 

224,291

 

After six but within twelve months

 

311,100

 

After twelve months

 

529,745

 

Total certificates of deposit $100,000 and over (1)

 

$

1,337,892

 

 

 

 

 

Other time deposits $100,000 and over (2):

 

 

 

Maturing within three months

 

$

17,489

 

After three but within six months

 

11,430

 

After six but within twelve months

 

19,591

 

After twelve months

 

6,763

 

Total other time deposits $100,000 and over

 

$

55,273

 

 


(1)          Includes brokered deposits of $437.4 million.

(2)          Consists of time deposits held in individual retirement accounts (IRAs) and time certificates that the customer has the option to increase the principal balance and maintain the original interest rate.

 

The following table sets forth the composition of our deposits at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits, noninterest bearing

 

$

1,885,694

 

24.7

%

$

1,691,599

 

20.7

%

NOW and money market accounts

 

2,645,334

 

34.5

%

2,776,181

 

34.0

%

Savings deposits

 

753,610

 

9.9

%

697,851

 

8.6

%

Time certificates, $100,000 or more

 

1,393,165

 

18.2

%

1,742,580

 

21.4

%

Other time certificates

 

969,804

 

12.7

%

1,244,747

 

15.3

%

Total

 

$

7,647,607

 

100.0

%

$

8,152,958

 

100.0

%

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Borrowings.  Short-term borrowings decreased by $48.9 million to $220.0 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $268.8 million at December 31, 2010.  The decrease in short-term borrowings was primarily due to a decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  We have access to a variety of borrowing sources and use short-term and long-term borrowings to support our asset base.  Short-term borrowings from time to time include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  We also offer customers a deposit account that sweeps balances in excess of an agreed upon target amount into overnight repurchase agreements.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our short-term borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

At or For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balance outstanding

 

$

13

 

$

1,151

 

$

499

 

Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period

 

 

 

51,000

 

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

 

0.36

%

0.50

%

0.30

%

Weighted average interest rate at end of the period

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve term auction funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balance outstanding

 

$

 

$

 

$

84,384

 

Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period

 

 

 

100,000

 

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

 

 

 

0.28

%

Weighted average interest rate at end of the period

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balance outstanding

 

$

239,917

 

$

260,361

 

$

248,128

 

Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period

 

292,353

 

298,816

 

305,632

 

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

216,439

 

265,195

 

223,917

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

 

0.27

%

0.37

%

0.46

%

Weighted average interest rate at end of the period

 

0.30

%

0.31

%

0.50

%

Federal Home Loan Bank advances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balance outstanding

 

$

4,664

 

$

6,739

 

$

116,538

 

Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period

 

8,966

 

5,002

 

200,785

 

Balance outstanding at end of period

 

3,515

 

3,649

 

100,000

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

 

4.50

%

2.68

%

3.25

%

Weighted average interest rate at end of the period

 

3.66

%

3.81

%

3.35

%

 

Long-term borrowings include notes payable to other banks to support a portfolio of equipment that we own and lease to other companies, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, structured repurchase agreements, and subordinated debt.  As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our long-term borrowings were $266.3 million and $285.1 million, respectively.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts include debentures sold to Coal City Capital Trust I, FOBB Statutory Trust I, FOBB Statutory Trust III, MB Financial Capital Trust II, MB Financial Capital Trust III, MB Financial Capital Trust IV, MB Financial Capital Trust V, and MB Financial Capital Trust VI in connection with the issuance of their preferred securities in 1998, 2000, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2006, 2007, and 2007, respectively.  As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts were $158.5 million and $158.6 million, respectively.  See Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further analysis.

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity management is monitored by an Asset/Liability Committee, consisting of members of management, which reviews historical funding requirements, current liquidity position, sources and stability of funding, marketability of assets, options for attracting additional funds, and anticipated future funding needs, including the level of unfunded commitments.

 

Our primary sources of funds are retail and commercial deposits, short-term and long-term borrowings, public funds and funds generated from operations.  Funds from operations include principal and interest payments received on loans and securities.  While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities provide an indication of the timing of the receipt of funds, changes in interest rates, economic conditions and competition strongly influence mortgage prepayment rates and deposit flows, reducing the predictability of the timing on sources of funds.

 

We have no required regulatory liquidity ratios to maintain; however, we adhere to an internal policy which dictates a ratio of loans to deposits.  This policy provides that we may not have a ratio of loans to deposits (including customer repurchase agreements) in excess of 90%.  In addition, our internal policy addresses current regulatory proposals that include (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” or LCR, designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high-quality assets sufficient to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario and should exceed 110%, and (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” or NSFR, designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon and should exceed 100%.  At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with the foregoing policies.

 

At December 31, 2011, we had outstanding letters of credit, loan origination commitments and unused commercial and retail lines of credit of approximately $1.1 billion.  We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet current origination and other lending commitments.  Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature within one year totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2011, including brokered deposits.

 

In the event that additional short-term liquidity is needed, we have established relationships with several large and regional banks to provide short-term borrowings in the form of federal funds purchases.  While, at December 31, 2011, there were no firm lending commitments in place, management believes that we could borrow approximately $185.0 million for a short time from these banks on a collective basis.  Additionally, we are a member of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (FHLB).  As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $148.1 million outstanding in FHLB advances, and could borrow an additional amount of approximately $319.4 million.  As a contingency plan for significant funding needs, the Asset/Liability Committee may also consider the sale of investment securities, selling securities under agreement to repurchase, or the temporary curtailment of lending activities.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $1.5 billion of unpledged securities, excluding securities available for pledge at the FHLB.

 

Our main sources of liquidity at the holding company level are dividends from MB Financial Bank and cash on hand.

 

MB Financial Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements which affect its ability to pay dividends to us.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.  Additionally, our current internal policy effectively limits the amount of dividends our subsidiary bank may pay to us by requiring the bank to maintain total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios of 12%, 9% and 8%, respectively.  The minimum ratios required for a bank to be considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes are 10%, 6% and 5%, respectively.  In addition to adhering to our policy, there are regulatory restrictions on the ability of national banks to pay dividends.  See “Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation.”

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

 

Commitments.  As a financial services provider, we routinely enter into commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit.  While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon.  Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by us.  For additional information, see Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments.  Derivatives have become one of several components of our asset/liability management activities to manage interest rate risk.  Using derivative instruments, principally interest rate swaps, our interest rate sensitivity is adjusted to maintain the desired interest rate risk profile.  We currently use fair value type hedges, or interest rate swaps, to mitigate the interest sensitivity of certain qualifying commercial loans.  The change in fair value of both the interest rate swap and hedged instrument is recorded in current earnings.

 

We also offer various derivatives, including interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts, to our customers and mitigate our exposure to market risk through the execution of off-setting positions with inter-bank dealer counterparties.  This permits us to offer customized risk management solutions to our customers.  These customer accommodations and any offsetting financial contracts are treated as stand-alone derivative instruments which do not qualify for hedge accounting.

 

For additional information, including the notional amount and fair value of our derivative instruments at December 31, 2011, see Note 21 “Derivative Financial Instruments” to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Contractual Obligations.  In the ordinary course of operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations.  Such obligations include the funding of operations through debt issuances, subordinated notes issued to capital trusts, operating leases for premises and equipment, as well as capital expenditures for new premises and equipment.

 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and other potential funding needs at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Less than 1
Year

 

1 - 3 Years

 

3 - 5 Years

 

More than 5
Years

 

Time certificates

 

$

2,362,969

 

$

1,614,408

 

$

452,642

 

$

114,103

 

$

181,816

 

Long-term borrowings

 

266,264

 

41,741

 

26,792

 

143,836

 

53,895

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts(1)

 

158,538

 

 

 

 

158,538

 

Operating leases

 

46,015

 

5,558

 

9,637

 

7,160

 

23,660

 

Capital expenditures

 

1,414

 

1,414

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,835,200

 

$

1,663,121

 

$

489,071

 

$

265,099

 

$

417,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit

 

$

1,085,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          Call dates are set forth in Note 13 to the audited consolidated financial statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Capital Resources

 

MB Financial Bank is subject to the risk based capital regulations administered by the banking regulatory agencies.  The risk based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets.  Under the regulations, assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights.  The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.  Under the prompt corrective action regulations, to be adequately capitalized a bank must maintain minimum ratios of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00%, and Tier 1 capital to total assets of 4.00%.  Failure to meet these capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators, which, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the bank’s financial statements.  As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the federal banking regulators categorized MB Financial Bank as well capitalized.

 

A well capitalized institution must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.00%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets of at least 6.00%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of at least 5.00% and must not be subject to any written order, agreement or directive requiring it to meet or maintain a specific capital level.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed our subsidiary bank’s capital classification.  On a consolidated basis, we must maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 4.00%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00% and a minimum ratio of total-capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00%.  See “Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation — Capital Adequacy” and “Prompt Corrective Action.”  In addition, our internal policy requires us, on a consolidated basis, to maintain these ratios at or above 8%, 9% and 12%, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2011, MB Financial Bank was “well capitalized” under the capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.  The following table sets forth the actual and required regulatory capital amounts and ratios for MB Financial Bank and at the consolidated level as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required

 

Capitalized Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

1,231,555

 

19.41

%

$

507,628

 

8.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

1,086,549

 

17.22

%

504,821

 

8.00

%

$

631,025

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

1,101,538

 

17.36

%

$

253,814

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

956,958

 

15.16

%

252,410

 

4.00

%

$

378,615

 

6.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

1,101,538

 

11.73

%

$

375,735

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

956,958

 

10.24

%

373,824

 

4.00

%

$

467,280

 

5.00

%

 

N/A — not applicable

 

We established statutory trusts for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities.  The trust preferred securities were included in our consolidated Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital at December 31, 2011.  Also included in our consolidated Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital at December 31, 2011 was the Series A Preferred Stock we issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $1.4 million in capital expenditure commitments outstanding which relate to various projects to renovate existing branches.  We expect to pay the outstanding commitments as of December 31, 2011 through the normal cash flows of our business operations.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Statement of Cash Flows

 

Operating Activities.  Cash flows from continuing operating activities primarily include net income (loss), adjusted for items in net income (loss) that did not impact cash.  Net cash flows provided by continuing operating activities decreased by $19.8 million to $303.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $323.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The decrease was due to the decrease in provision for credit losses in 2011 partially offset by the acquisition related gain recognized in 2010.

 

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities increased by $254.6 million to $323.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $68.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase was due to an increase in net income and receipt of tax refunds.

 

Investing Activities.  Cash used in continuing investing activities reflects the impact of loans and investment securities acquired for the Company’s interest-earning asset portfolios, as well as cash flows from asset sales and the impact of acquisitions.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had net cash flows used in continuing investing activities of $318.4 million compared to net cash flows provided by continuing investing activities of $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The change was primarily due to fewer sales of investment securities.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had net cash flows provided by continuing investing activities of $1.4 billion compared to net cash flows provided by continuing investing activities of $4.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The decrease was primarily due to significant cash balances received from the FDIC in the Corus FDIC-assisted transaction in the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Financing Activities.  Cash flows from continuing financing activities include transactions and events whereby cash is obtained from depositors, creditors or investors.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had net cash flows used in continuing financing activities of $584.3 million compared to net cash flows used in continuing financing activities of $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The change in cash flows from financing activities was primarily due to a decrease in deposits but at a slower rate than the previous year.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had net cash flows used in continuing financing activities of $1.3 billion compared to net cash flows used in continuing financing activities of $4.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The change in cash flows from financing activities was primarily due to a planned reduction in deposits related to our FDIC-assisted transactions during the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Market Risk and Asset Liability Management

 

Market Risk.  Market risk is the risk that the market value or estimated fair value of our assets, liabilities, and derivative financial instruments will decline as a result of changes in interest rates or financial market volatility, or that our net income will be significantly reduced by interest rate changes.  Market risk is managed operationally in our Treasury Group, and is addressed through a selection of funding and hedging instruments supporting balance sheet growth, as well as monitoring our asset investment strategies.

 

Asset Liability Management.  Management and our Treasury Group continually monitor our sensitivity to interest rate changes.  It is our policy to maintain an acceptable level of interest rate risk over a range of possible changes in interest rates while remaining responsive to market demand for loan and deposit products.  The strategy we employ to manage our interest rate risk is to measure our risk using an asset/liability simulation model.  The model considers several factors to determine our potential exposure to interest rate risk, including measurement of repricing gaps, duration, convexity, value at risk, and the market value of portfolio equity under assumed changes in the level of interest rates, shape of the yield curves, and general market volatility.  Management controls our interest rate exposure using several strategies, which include adjusting the maturities of securities in our investment portfolio, and limiting fixed rate loans or fixed rate deposits with terms of more than five years.  We also use derivative instruments, principally interest rate swaps, to manage our interest rate risk.  See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations.”

 

Interest Rate Risk.  Interest rate risk can come in a variety of forms, including repricing risk, yield curve risk, basis risk, and prepayment risk.  We experience repricing risk when the change in the average yield of our interest earning assets or average rate of our interest bearing liabilities is more sensitive than the other to changes in market interest rates.  Such a change in sensitivity could reflect a number of possible mismatches in the repricing opportunities of our assets and liabilities.

 

In the event that yields on our assets and liabilities do adjust to changes in market rates to the same extent, we may still be exposed to yield curve risk.  Yield curve risk reflects the possibility the changes in the shape of the yield curve could have different effects on our assets and liabilities.

 

Variable rate assets and liabilities that reprice at similar times, have similar maturities or repricing dates, are based on different indexes still have interest rate risk.  Basis risk reflects the possibility that indexes will not move in a coordinated manner.

 

We hold mortgage-related investments, including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities.  Prepayment risk is associated with mortgage-related investments and results from homeowners’ ability to pay off their mortgage loans prior to maturity.  We limit this risk by restricting the types of mortgage-backed securities we own to those with limited average life changes under certain interest-rate shock scenarios, or securities with embedded prepayment penalties.  We also limit the amount of fixed rate mortgage loans we hold that have maturities greater than five years.

 

Measuring Interest Rate Risk.  As noted above, interest rate risk can be measured by analyzing the extent to which the repricing of assets and liabilities are mismatched to create an interest sensitivity gap.  An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific period if it will mature or reprice within that period.  The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same time period.  A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities.  A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets.  During a period of rising interest rates, therefore, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income.  Conversely, during a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap position would tend to result in an increase in net interest income.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the amounts of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2011 that we anticipate, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown.  Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined based on the earlier of the term to repricing or the term to repayment of the asset or liability.  The table is intended to provide an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 based on contractual maturities and scheduled rate adjustments within a three-month period and subsequent selected time intervals.  The loan amounts in the table reflect principal balances expected to be reinvested and/or repriced because of contractual amortization and rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans.  Loan and investment securities’ contractual maturities and amortization reflect expected prepayment assumptions.  While NOW, money market and savings deposit accounts have adjustable rates, it is assumed that the interest rates on some of the accounts will not adjust immediately to changes in other interest rates.

 

Therefore, the information in the table is calculated assuming that NOW, money market and savings deposits will reprice as follows: 4%, 10% and 5%, respectively, in the first three months, 12%, 26%, and 16%, respectively, in the next nine months, 51%, 56% and 54%, respectively, from one year to five years, and 33%, 8%, and 25%, respectively over five years (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Time to Maturity or Repricing

 

 

 

0 – 90

 

91 - 365

 

1 – 5

 

Over 5

 

 

 

 

 

Days

 

Days

 

Years

 

Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning deposits with banks

 

$

97,944

 

$

981

 

$

1,412

 

$

 

$

100,337

 

Investment securities

 

271,247

 

406,690

 

1,241,511

 

589,964

 

2,509,412

 

Loans held for sale

 

4,727

 

 

 

 

4,727

 

Loans, including covered loans

 

2,568,265

 

1,104,961

 

2,200,935

 

76,834

 

5,950,995

 

Total interest earning assets

 

$

2,942,183

 

$

1,512,632

 

$

3,443,858

 

$

666,798

 

$

8,565,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market deposit accounts

 

$

204,771

 

$

563,769

 

$

1,447,071

 

$

429,723

 

$

2,645,334

 

Savings deposits

 

40,971

 

119,268

 

408,096

 

185,275

 

753,610

 

Time deposits

 

512,373

 

1,145,335

 

637,120

 

68,141

 

2,362,969

 

Short-term borrowings

 

23,099

 

58,442

 

121,807

 

16,606

 

219,954

 

Long-term borrowings

 

60,756

 

30,525

 

171,236

 

3,747

 

266,264

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

 

152,065

 

 

 

6,473

 

158,538

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

$

994,035

 

$

1,917,339

 

$

2,785,330

 

$

709,965

 

$

6,406,669

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate sensitive assets (RSA)

 

$

2,942,183

 

$

4,454,815

 

$

7,898,673

 

$

8,565,471

 

$

8,565,471

 

Rate sensitive liabilities (RSL)

 

$

994,035

 

$

2,911,374

 

$

5,696,704

 

$

6,406,669

 

$

6,406,669

 

Cumulative GAP (GAP=RSA-RSL)

 

$

1,948,148

 

$

1,543,441

 

$

2,201,969

 

$

2,158,802

 

$

2,158,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSA/Total assets

 

29.92

%

45.30

%

80.33

%

87.11

%

87.11

%

RSL/Total assets

 

10.11

%

29.61

%

57.93

%

65.15

%

65.15

%

GAP/Total assets

 

19.81

%

15.70

%

22.39

%

21.95

%

21.95

%

GAP/RSA

 

66.21

%

34.65

%

27.88

%

25.20

%

25.20

%

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table.  For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets may lag behind changes in market rates.  Additionally, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.  Therefore, we do not rely on a gap analysis to manage our interest rate risk, but rather we use what we believe to be the more reliable simulation model relating to changes in net interest income.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Based on simulation modeling which assumes gradual changes in interest rates over a one-year period, we believe that our net interest income would change due to changes in interest rates as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Gradual

 

Changes in Net Interest Income Over Once Year Horizon

 

Changes in

 

At December 31, 2011

 

At December 31, 2010

 

Levels of

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

Interest Rates

 

Change

 

Change

 

Change

 

Change

 

+ 2.00

%

$

9,221

 

2.90

%

$

1,607

 

0.50

%

+ 1.00

%

$

3,538

 

1.10

%

$

473

 

0.10

%

 

In the interest rate sensitivity table above, changes in net interest income between December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 reflect changes in the composition of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, related interest rates, repricing frequencies, and the fixed or variable characteristics of the interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.  The changes in net interest income incorporate the impact of loan floors as well as shifts from low cost deposits to certificates of deposit in a rising rate environment.

 

The assumptions used in our interest rate sensitivity simulation discussed above are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the simulations cannot precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  Our model assumes that a portion of our variable rate loans that have minimum interest rates will remain in our portfolio regardless of changes in the interest rate environment.  Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

 

As a result of the current interest rate environment, the Company does not anticipate any significant declines in interest rates over the next twelve months.  For this reason, we did not use an interest rate sensitivity simulation that assumes a gradual decline in the level of interest rates over the next twelve months.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

 

INDEX

 

 

Page

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

64

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

65

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

66

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

67

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

68

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

70

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

72

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

74

 

63



Table of Contents

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of MB Financial, Inc. (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.

 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls.  Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

 

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, has been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.  See “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.”

 

/s/ Mitchell Feiger

 

/s/ Jill E. York

Mitchell Feiger

Jill E. York

President and

Vice President and

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

 

February 10, 2012

 

64



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

MB Financial, Inc.

 

We have audited MB Financial, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, MB Financial, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of MB Financial, Inc. and our report dated February 10, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 10, 2012

 

65



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

MB Financial, Inc.

 

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of MB Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MB Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), MB Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 10, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 10, 2012

 

66



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Amounts in thousands, except common share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

144,228

 

$

106,726

 

Interest earning deposits with banks

 

100,337

 

737,433

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

244,565

 

844,159

 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

 

1,929,297

 

1,597,743

 

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost ($511,022 fair value at December 31, 2011)

 

499,283

 

 

Non-marketable securities - FHLB and FRB stock

 

80,832

 

80,186

 

Total investment securities

 

2,509,412

 

1,677,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

4,727

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans, excluding covered loans

 

5,288,451

 

5,805,481

 

Covered loans

 

662,544

 

812,330

 

Total loans

 

5,950,995

 

6,617,811

 

Less: Allowance for loan loss

 

126,798

 

192,217

 

Net loans

 

5,824,197

 

6,425,594

 

Lease investment, net

 

135,490

 

126,906

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

210,705

 

210,886

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

 

125,309

 

125,046

 

Goodwill, net

 

387,069

 

387,069

 

Other intangibles, net

 

29,494

 

35,159

 

Other real estate owned, net

 

78,452

 

71,476

 

Other real estate owned related to FDIC transactions

 

60,363

 

44,745

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

80,830

 

215,460

 

Other assets

 

142,459

 

155,935

 

Total assets

 

$

9,833,072

 

$

10,320,364

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing

 

$

1,885,694

 

$

1,691,599

 

Interest bearing

 

5,761,913

 

6,461,359

 

Total deposits

 

7,647,607

 

8,152,958

 

Short-term borrowings

 

219,954

 

268,844

 

Long-term borrowings

 

266,264

 

285,073

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

 

158,538

 

158,571

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

147,682

 

110,132

 

Total liabilities

 

8,440,045

 

8,975,578

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, ($0.01 par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010; series A, 5% cumulative perpetual, 196,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, $1,000 liquidation value)

 

194,719

 

194,104

 

Common stock, ($0.01 par value; authorized 70,000,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010; issued 54,824,912 shares at December 31, 2011 and 54,576,043 at December 31, 2010)

 

548

 

546

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

731,248

 

725,400

 

Retained earnings

 

427,956

 

402,810

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

39,150

 

22,233

 

Less: 160,419 and 145,449 shares of Treasury stock, at cost, at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively

 

(3,044

)

(2,828

)

Controlling interest stockholders’ equity

 

1,390,577

 

1,342,265

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

2,450

 

2,521

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,393,027

 

1,344,786

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

9,833,072

 

$

10,320,364

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

324,793

 

$

364,484

 

$

331,270

 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

41,349

 

50,541

 

45,777

 

Nontaxable

 

17,265

 

13,585

 

14,754

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

2

 

 

Other interest earning accounts

 

1,153

 

1,028

 

1,737

 

Total interest income

 

384,560

 

429,640

 

393,538

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

44,881

 

75,850

 

121,614

 

Short-term borrowings

 

849

 

1,145

 

5,166

 

Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated notes

 

13,557

 

12,873

 

16,206

 

Total interest expense

 

59,287

 

89,868

 

142,986

 

Net interest income

 

325,273

 

339,772

 

250,552

 

Provision for credit losses

 

120,750

 

246,200

 

231,800

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

204,523

 

93,572

 

18,752

 

Other income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan service fees

 

7,698

 

6,517

 

6,913

 

Deposit service fees

 

39,070

 

38,934

 

30,600

 

Lease financing, net

 

26,939

 

21,853

 

18,528

 

Brokerage fees

 

5,884

 

5,012

 

4,606

 

Trust and asset management fees

 

17,324

 

15,037

 

12,593

 

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

 

640

 

18,648

 

14,029

 

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

4,377

 

3,516

 

2,459

 

Net gain (loss) on sale of assets

 

283

 

630

 

(13

)

Acquisition related gains

 

 

62,649

 

28,547

 

Accretion of FDIC indemnification asset

 

4,838

 

9,678

 

 

Card fees

 

7,017

 

7,057

 

4,551

 

Net loss recognized on other real estate owned

 

(13,613

)

(9,285

)

(429

)

Other operating income

 

8,649

 

5,510

 

4,770

 

Total other income

 

109,106

 

185,756

 

127,154

 

Other expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

153,858

 

144,349

 

120,654

 

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

35,467

 

34,845

 

31,521

 

Computer services and telecommunication expense

 

14,885

 

14,615

 

13,444

 

Advertising and marketing expense

 

7,038

 

6,465

 

4,185

 

Professional and legal expense

 

6,147

 

5,803

 

4,680

 

Brokerage fee expense

 

1,557

 

1,926

 

1,999

 

Other intangibles amortization expense

 

5,665

 

6,214

 

4,491

 

FDIC insurance premiums

 

11,864

 

15,600

 

16,762

 

Branch impairment charges

 

1,594

 

 

4,000

 

Other real estate expense, net

 

4,294

 

2,694

 

871

 

Other operating expenses

 

27,264

 

26,265

 

21,143

 

Total other expenses

 

269,633

 

258,776

 

223,750

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

43,996

 

20,552

 

(77,844

)

Income taxes

 

5,268

 

24

 

(45,265

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

38,728

 

20,528

 

(32,579

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

6,453

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

38,728

 

$

20,528

 

$

(26,126

)

Dividends and discount accretion on preferred shares

 

10,414

 

10,382

 

10,298

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

 

$

28,314

 

$

10,146

 

$

(36,424

)

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Common share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.81

)

Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.16

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

(0.19

)

(0.20

)

(0.26

)

Basis earnings (loss) per common share

 

0.52

 

0.19

 

(0.91

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

0.71

 

0.39

 

(0.81

)

Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.16

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

(0.19

)

(0.20

)

(0.26

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

0.52

 

0.19

 

(0.91

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

54,057,158

 

52,724,715

 

40,042,655

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

54,337,280

 

53,035,047

 

40,042,655

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stock-

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Income (Loss),

 

Treasury

 

Noncontrolling

 

holders’

 

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Net of Tax

 

Stock

 

Interest

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

 

 

 

$

193,025

 

$

375

 

$

445,692

 

$

495,505

 

$

16,910

 

$

(85,312

)

$

2,629

 

$

1,068,824

 

Net loss

 

$

(26,126

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26,126

)

 

 

 

 

166

 

(25,960

)

Unrealized holding losses on investment securities, net of tax expense of $1,301

 

(4,195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments for gains included in net income, net of tax expense of ($6,860)

 

(7,169

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

(11,364

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,364

)

 

 

 

 

(11,364

)

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(37,490

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reissuance of 328,070 shares of treasury stock, for restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,684

 

(10,660

)

 

 

10,660

 

 

 

2,684

 

Issuance of 21,305 shares of common stock for restricted stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock vested - tax effect from change in market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(403

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(403

)

Purchase of 9,099 shares of treasury stock for tax withholdings on employee stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(130

)

Reissuance of 4,985 shares of treasury stock for employee stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

(107

)

 

 

162

 

 

 

 

Paid-in capital — stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,426

 

Stock options exercised - reissuance of 46,349 shares of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

(835

)

 

 

1,173

 

 

 

434

 

Tax effect of expired non-qualified stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(207

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(207

)

Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Issuance of 13,545,671 shares of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

206,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206,381

 

Reissuance of 2,120,761 shares of treasury stock for Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(46,851

)

 

 

70,812

 

 

 

23,961

 

Dividends and discount accretion on preferred shares

 

 

 

497

 

 

 

 

 

(10,298

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,801

)

Restricted stock unit dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared ($0.15 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,449

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,449

)

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(244

)

(244

)

Purchase of 12,826 shares held in trust for deferred compensation plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

 

 

$

193,522

 

$

511

 

$

656,595

 

$

395,170

 

$

5,546

 

$

(2,715

)

$

2,551

 

$

1,251,180

 

Net income

 

$

20,528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,528

 

 

 

 

 

220

 

20,748

 

Unrealized holding gains on investment securities, net of tax expense of $17,941

 

28,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments for gains included in net income, net of tax income of ($7,273)

 

(11,375

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

16,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,687

 

 

 

 

 

16,687

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

37,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 155,540 shares of common stock for restricted stock awards and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,949

 

Issuance of 19,917 shares of common stock for restricted salary stock awards and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

370

 

Restricted stock vested - tax effect from change in market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(348

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(348

)

Purchase of 21,886 shares of treasury stock for tax withholdings on employee stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(406

)

 

 

(406

)

Reissuance of 20,585 shares of treasury stock for employee stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(382

)

 

 

382

 

 

 

 

Paid-in capital — stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,870

 

Stock options exercised - issuance of 46,930 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

381

 

Tax effect of expired non-qualified stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,421

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,421

)

Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

203

 

Issuance of 3,243,712 shares of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

64,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,747

 

Dividends and discount accretion on preferred shares

 

 

 

582

 

 

 

 

 

(10,382

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,800

)

Cash dividends declared ($0.04 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,124

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,124

)

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(250

)

(250

)

Purchase of 10,245 shares held in trust for deferred compensation plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

 

 

(89

)

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

 

 

$

194,104

 

$

546

 

$

725,400

 

$

402,810

 

$

22,233

 

$

(2,828

)

$

2,521

 

$

1,344,786

 

 

(Continued)

 

70



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stock-

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Income (Loss),

 

Treasury

 

Noncontrolling

 

holders’

 

 

 

Income

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Net of Tax

 

Stock

 

Interest

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

 

 

$

194,104

 

$

546

 

$

725,400

 

$

402,810

 

$

22,233

 

$

(2,828

)

$

2,521

 

$

1,344,786

 

Net income

 

$

38,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,728

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

38,967

 

Unrealized holding gains on investment securities, net of tax expense of $11,654

 

17,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments for gains included in net income, net of tax income of $257

 

(383

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

16,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,917

 

 

 

 

 

16,917

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

55,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 155,859 shares of common stock for restricted stock awards and amortization and cancellation of 42,066 shares

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,865

 

Issuance of 22,900 shares of common stock for restricted salary stock awards and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

412

 

Restricted stock vested - tax effect from change in market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(157

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(157

)

Purchase of 63,331 shares of treasury stock for tax withholdings on employee stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,238

)

 

 

(1,238

)

Reissuance of 49,425 shares of treasury stock for employee stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(968

)

 

 

968

 

 

 

 

Paid-in capital — stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,559

 

Stock options exercised - issuance of 111,902 shares

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,903

 

Stock options exercised - reissuance of 5,250 shares of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

104

 

 

 

89

 

Tax effect of expired non-qualified stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(745

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(745

)

Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

Issuance of 274 shares of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Dividends and discount accretion on preferred shares

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

 

 

(10,414

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,799

)

Cash dividends declared ($0.04 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,185

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,185

)

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(310

)

(310

)

Purchase of 6,314 shares held in trust for deferred compensation plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

 

 

$

194,719

 

$

548

 

$

731,248

 

$

427,956

 

$

39,150

 

$

(3,044

)

$

2,450

 

$

1,393,027

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in Thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

38,728

 

$

20,528

 

$

(26,126

)

Net income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

(6,453

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by continuing operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

13,577

 

11,513

 

11,776

 

Depreciation of leased equipment

 

42,390

 

43,130

 

38,267

 

Impairment charges on branch facilities

 

1,594

 

 

4,000

 

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards

 

3,277

 

3,319

 

2,684

 

Compensation expense for stock option grants

 

1,559

 

1,870

 

2,454

 

(Gain) loss on sales of premises and equipment and leased equipment

 

(1,923

)

(1,162

)

382

 

Amortization of other intangibles

 

5,665

 

6,214

 

4,491

 

Provision for credit losses

 

120,750

 

246,200

 

231,800

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,166

 

(6,423

)

5,525

 

Amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities, net

 

40,894

 

30,073

 

13,839

 

Accretion of premiums and discounts on loans, net

 

(430

)

(1,530

)

(1,362

)

Accretion of FDIC indemnification asset

 

(4,838

)

(9,678

)

 

Net gain on sale of investment securities available for sale

 

(640

)

(18,648

)

(14,029

)

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

 

47,128

 

59,093

 

109,560

 

Origination of loans held for sale

 

(51,038

)

(58,228

)

(108,434

)

Net gain on sale of loans held for sale

 

(2,607

)

(865

)

(1,126

)

Acquisition related gain

 

 

(62,649

)

(28,547

)

Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned

 

(1,016

)

725

 

(15

)

Fair value adjustments on other real estate owned

 

10,988

 

7,786

 

535

 

Net loss (gain) on sales of other real estate owned related to FDIC-assisted transactions

 

3,642

 

773

 

(91

)

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

(4,377

)

(3,516

)

(2,420

)

Decrease (increase) in other assets,net

 

9,071

 

87,722

 

(137,792

)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities, net

 

25,599

 

(33,248

)

(30,522

)

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

 

303,159

 

322,999

 

68,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

22,960

 

1,261,412

 

2,178,910

 

Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment securities available for sale

 

406,154

 

429,006

 

389,775

 

Purchase of investment securities available for sale

 

(769,897

)

(410,888

)

(2,167,106

)

Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment securities held to maturity

 

543

 

 

 

Purchase of investment securities held to maturity

 

(501,464

)

 

 

Purchase of non-marketable securities - FHLB and FRB stock

 

(646

)

 

 

Net decrease (increase) in loans

 

155,129

 

317,705

 

(174,237

)

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

 

207,530

 

 

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(18,030

)

(46,100

)

(9,471

)

Purchases of leased equipment

 

(56,696

)

(29,483

)

(59,436

)

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

 

1,483

 

3,806

 

507

 

Proceeds from sales of leased equipment

 

8,041

 

6,792

 

3,345

 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

43,847

 

20,682

 

14,127

 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned related to FDIC-assisted transactions

 

26,932

 

64,173

 

5,011

 

Principal paid on lease investments

 

(679

)

(1,438

)

(119

)

Life insurance death benefit

 

4,114

 

416

 

 

Net cash (paid) proceeds received in FDIC-assisted acquisitions

 

 

(414,015

)

4,673,246

 

Net proceeds from FDIC related covered assets

 

152,238

 

179,724

 

30,418

 

Net cash (used in) provided by continuing investing activities

 

(318,441

)

1,381,792

 

4,884,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

 

(505,351

)

(1,214,318

)

(4,804,275

)

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

 

(48,890

)

(55,073

)

(172,000

)

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

14,854

 

4,236

 

4,962

 

Principal paid on long-term borrowings

 

(33,663

)

(50,512

)

(145,078

)

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

64,747

 

206,381

 

Treasury stock transactions, net

 

(1,149

)

(406

)

23,961

 

Stock options exercised

 

1,903

 

381

 

1,269

 

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

(53

)

203

 

28

 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

(9,799

)

(9,800

)

(9,256

)

Dividends paid on common stock

 

(2,164

)

(2,110

)

(5,449

)

Net cash used in continuing financing activities

 

(584,312

)

(1,262,652

)

(4,899,457

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

 

$

(599,594

)

$

442,139

 

$

53,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

6,453

 

Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

 

 

 

6,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(599,594

)

$

442,139

 

$

60,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

844,159

 

402,020

 

341,658

 

End of year

 

$

244,565

 

$

844,159

 

$

402,020

 

 

 (continued)

 

72



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

(Amounts in Thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid to depositors and other borrowed funds

 

$

61,098

 

$

95,190

 

$

152,624

 

Net income tax (refunds) payments, net

 

(7,015

)

(27,289

)

(12,456

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

 

$

60,795

 

$

63,958

 

$

46,992

 

Loans transferred to other real estate owned related to FDIC-assisted transactions

 

59,973

 

46,085

 

8,025

 

Loans transferred to repossessed vehicles

 

1,281

 

1,559

 

1,944

 

Loans transferred to loans held for sale

 

205,740

 

 

 

Reclassification of reserves on unfunded credit commitments

 

17,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing Activities From Acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncash assets acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

$

 

$

27,840

 

$

1,931,646

 

Loans, net of discount

 

 

750,537

 

319,114

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

44,847

 

15,936

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

243

 

34

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

Other intangibles, net

 

 

3,665

 

16,422

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

 

337,534

 

72,630

 

Other assets

 

 

9,796

 

13,186

 

Total noncash assets acquired

 

$

 

$

1,174,462

 

$

2,368,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

 

$

684,000

 

$

6,991,980

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 

7,298

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

13,798

 

14,389

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

$

 

$

697,798

 

$

7,013,667

 

Net noncash assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

 

$

 

$

476,664

 

$

(4,644,699

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents (paid) acquired

 

$

 

$

(414,015

)

$

4,673,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains recorded on acquisitions

 

$

 

$

62,649

 

$

28,547

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1.   Significant Accounting Policies

 

MB Financial, Inc. (the Company, we, us, our) is a financial holding company providing a full range of financial services to individuals and corporate customers through its banking subsidiary, MB Financial Bank, N.A. ( MB Financial Bank).

 

The Company’s primary market is the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area, in which MB Financial Bank operates 87 banking offices through MB Financial Bank, N.A. MB Financial Bank also operates one banking office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

 

MB Financial Bank, our largest subsidiary, has two wholly owned subsidiaries with significant operating activities: LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc. and Vision Investment Services, Inc.  MB Financial Bank also has a majority owned subsidiary with significant operating activities, Cedar Hill Associates, LLC.

 

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Significant intercompany items and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the financial services industry.  In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company does not consolidate statutory trusts established for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities.  See Note 13 below for more detail.  In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the year.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Areas involving the use of management’s estimates and assumptions, which are more susceptible to change in the near term include the allowance for loan losses; residual value of direct finance, leveraged, and operating leases; income tax accounting; fair value measurements for assets and liabilities; and goodwill.

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) became effective on July 1, 2009.  At that date, the ASC became FASB’s officially recognized source of authoritative U.S. GAAP applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities, superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA), Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) and related literature.  Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under the authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants.  All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative.  The switch to the ASC affects the way companies refer to U.S. GAAP in financial statements and accounting policies.  Citing particular content in the ASC involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.

 

On August 10, 2009, the Company sold its merchant card processing business.  This divestiture is accounted for in the accompanying financial statements as discontinued operations.  Please see Note 3 below for more detail.

 

Cash and cash equivalents: For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks (including cash items in process of clearing), interest-bearing deposits with banks, with original maturities of ninety days or less, and federal funds sold.

 

Investment securities: Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity.  Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale is based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations, and other factors.  Securities available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect.  Securities classified as held to maturity are those securities that the Company intends to hold until maturity and are reported at amortized cost.

 

The historical cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the estimated life of the security, using the level-yield method.  In determining the estimated life of a mortgage-related security, certain judgments are required as to the timing and amount of future principal prepayments.  These judgments are made based upon the actual performance of the underlying security and the general market consensus regarding changes in mortgage interest rates and underlying prepayment estimates.  Amortization of premium and

 

74



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

accretion of discount is included in interest income from the related security.  Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings.

 

The Company evaluates the portfolio for impairment each quarter.  In estimating other-than-temporary losses, the Company considers the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and whether the Company is more likely than not to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis.  If a security has been impaired for more than twelve months, and the impairment is deemed other than temporary and material, a write down will occur in that quarter.  If a loss is deemed to be other-than-temporary, it is recognized as a realized loss in the income statement with the security assigned a new cost basis.

 

If the Company intends to sell an impaired security, the Company records an other-than-temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between the fair value and amortized cost.  If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, but the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit portion of the estimated loss is recognized in earnings, with the other portion of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock: The Company owns investments in the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“FRB”) and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLBC”). No ready market exists for these stocks, and they have no quoted market values. FRB stock is redeemable at par; therefore, market value equals cost. The Bank, as a member of the FHLBC, is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of the FHLBC. The stock is redeemable at par by the FHLBC, and is therefore, carried at cost and periodically evaluated for impairment.  The Company records dividends in income on the ex-dividend date.

 

Loans held for sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are reflected at fair value.  Gains and losses recognized on mortgage loans held for sale include the value of the mortgage servicing rights if the loan is sold with servicing retained by the Company.  Mortgage servicing rights are stratified based on the predominant risk characteristics of rates, terms, and the underlying loan types to measure its fair value.  The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value.

 

Loans and leases: Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal reduced by the allowance for loan losses and unearned income.  Direct finance and leveraged leases are included as lease loans for financial statement purposes.  Direct finance leases are stated as the sum of remaining minimum lease payments from lessees plus estimated residual values less unearned lease income.  Leveraged leases are stated at the sum of remaining minimum lease payments from lessees (less nonrecourse debt payments) plus estimated residual values less unearned lease income.  On a monthly basis, management reviews the lease residuals for potential impairment.  Unearned lease income on direct finance and leveraged leases is recognized over the lives of the leases using the level-yield method.

 

Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield.  The Company is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan.  Commitment fees based upon a percentage of a customer’s unused line of credit and fees related to standby letters of credit are recognized over the commitment period.

 

Interest income is accrued daily on the Company’s outstanding loan balances.  The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of renewal or collection.  Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan.  In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.  All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income.

 

For impaired loans, accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful.  Cash collections on impaired loans are generally credited to the loan balance, and no interest income is recognized on those loans until the principal balance has been determined to be collectible.  Loans, other than those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, are considered impaired when it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans include nonaccrual loans and loans classified as a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective

 

75



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The amount of impairment, if any, and any subsequent changes are charged against the allowance for loan losses.

 

Troubled debt restructurings:  A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that leads to a restructuring of the loan, and the Company grants concessions to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider. These concessions may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of maturity date and other actions intended to minimize potential losses.

 

In determining whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, the Company considers if the debtor is in payment default or would be in payment default in the foreseeable future without the modification, the debtor declared or is in the process of declaring bankruptcy, there is substantial doubt that the debtor will continue as a going concern, the debtor has securities that have been or are in the process of being delisted, the debtor’s entity-specific projected cash flows will not be sufficient to service any of its debt, or the debtor cannot obtain funds from sources other than the existing creditors at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics.

 

In determining whether the Company has granted a concession, the Company assesses, if it does not expect to collect all amounts due, whether the current value of the collateral will satisfy the amounts owed, whether additional collateral or guarantees from the debtor will serve as adequate compensation for other terms of the restructuring, and whether the debtor otherwise has access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics.

 

A loan that is modified at a market rate of interest will not be classified as troubled debt restructuring in the calendar year subsequent to the restructuring if it is in compliance with the modified terms.  Payment performance prior and subsequent to the restructuring is taken into account in assessing whether it is likely that the borrower can meet the new terms.  This may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring.  A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required for return to accrual status.

 

Periodically, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a non-performing note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable time prior to and subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year of the restructuring that the historical payment performance has been established.

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses:  The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense.  Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that collectability of the principal is unlikely.  The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans, based on an evaluation of the collectability of loans and prior loss and recovery experience as appropriate under GAAP.  The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio giving consideration to the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, the value of underlying collateral, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and prevailing economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay.  While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions.  In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review MB Financial Bank’s allowance for loan losses, and may require it to recognize adjustments to its allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three elements: a general loss reserve; a specific reserve for impaired loans; and a reserve for smaller-balance homogenous loans.  Each element is discussed below.

 

General Loss Reserve - We maintain a general loan loss reserve for the four categories of commercial-related loans in our portfolio - commercial loans, commercial loans collateralized by the assignment of lease payments (lease loans), commercial real estate loans and construction real estate loans.  Under our loan risk rating system, each loan, with the exception of those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, is risk rated between one and nine by the originating loan officer, Senior Credit Management, Loan Review or

 

76



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

any loan committee.  Loans rated one represent those loans least likely to default and a loan rated nine represents a loss.  The probability of loans defaulting for each risk rating, sometimes referred to as default factors, are estimated based on the frequency with which loans migrate from one risk rating to another and to default status over time.  We use a loan loss reserve model that incorporates the migration of loan risk ratings and historical default data over a multi-year period to develop our estimated default factors (EDFs).  The model tracks annual loan rating migrations by loan type and currently uses loan risk rating migrations for ten years.  The migration data is adjusted by using average losses for an economic cycle to develop EDFs by loan type, risk rating and maturity.  EDFs are updated annually in December.  During 2011, we shortened the period of time used in computing average losses for an economic cycle to ten years.

 

Estimated loan default factors are multiplied by individual loan balances in each risk-rating category and again multiplied by an historical loss given default estimate for each loan type (which incorporates estimated recoveries) to determine an appropriate level of allowance by loan type.  This approach is applied to the commercial, lease, commercial real estate, and construction real estate components of the portfolio.

 

To account for current economic conditions, the general allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) also includes adjustments for macroeconomic factors.  Macroeconomic factors adjust the ALLL upward or downward based on the current point in the economic cycle using predictive economic data and are applied to the loan loss model through a separate allowance element for the commercial, commercial real estate, construction real estate and lease loan components.  Our macroeconomic factors are based on regression analyses that reflect a high correlation between certain macroeconomic factors and industry wide charge-off rates.  The correlation of over 25 indicators to charge-offs were tested (change in fed funds rate, change in personal income, durable goods orders, etc.).  We annually review this data to determine that such a correlation continues to exist.  We currently use the following macroeconomic indicators in our macroeconomic factor computation:

 

Commercial and industrial loans and lease loans:  Crude oil prices, our prior period charge-off rates and the manufacturing index.

 

Commercial real estate loans and construction loans:  Crude oil prices, our prior period charge-off rates and the consumer confidence index.

 

Using the indicators noted above, a predicted industry wide charge-off rate is calculated.  The predicted charge-off percentage is then compared to the cycle average charge-off percentage used in our EDF computation discussed above, and a macroeconomic adjustment factor is calculated.  The macroeconomic adjustment factor is applied to each commercial loan type.  Each year, we review the predictive nature of the macroeconomic factors by comparing actual charge-offs to the predicted model charge-offs, re-run our regression analysis and recalibrate the macroeconomic factors as appropriate.

 

Specific Reserves - The allowance for loan losses also includes specific reserves on impaired loans.  A loan is considered to be impaired when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of all contractual principal and interest payments due is doubtful.

 

At each quarter-end, impaired loans are reviewed individually, with adjustments made to the general calculated reserve for each loan as deemed necessary.  Specific adjustments are made depending on expected cash flows and/or the value of the collateral securing each loan.  Generally, the Company obtains a current external appraisal (within 12 months) on real estate secured impaired loans.  Our appraisal policy is designed to comply with the Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines, most recently updated on December 2010. As part of our compliance with these other regulations, we maintain an internal Appraisal Review Department that engages and reviews all third party appraisals.

 

For impaired loans with real estate as all or part of the collateral, third party appraisals are obtained annually at a minimum. The only exception occurs where we are in a second position and it is determined that the amount of the first mortgage (when known) far exceeds a reasonable value for the property.  Other valuation techniques are used as well, including internal valuations, comparable property analyses and contractual sales information.

 

In addition, each impaired loan with real estate collateral is reviewed quarterly by the Chief Real Estate Appraiser to determine that the most recent valuation remains appropriate during subsequent quarters until the next appraisal is received.  If considered necessary by the Chief Real Estate Appraiser, the appraised value may be further discounted by internally applying accepted appraisal methodologies to an older appraisal.  Accepted appraisal methodologies include:  income capitalization approach adjusting for changes in underlying leases, adjustments related to condominium projects with units sales, adjustments for loan fundings, and “As is” compared to “As Stabilized” valuations.  As of December 31, 2011, almost all appraisals were completed within the previous 12 months.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Other valuation techniques are also used to value non-real estate assets.  Discounts may be applied in the impairment analysis used for general business assets (GBA).  Examples of GBA include accounts receivable, inventory, and any marketable securities pledged. The discount is used to reflect collection risk in the event of default that may not have been included in the valuation of the asset.

 

Smaller Balance Homogenous Loans - Pools of homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses.  These loan pools include consumer, residential real estate, home equity and indirect vehicle loans.  Migration probabilities obtained from past due roll rate analyses are applied to current balances to forecast charge-offs over a one-year time horizon.

 

Loans acquired through transfer: Loans acquired through the completion of a transfer, including loans that have evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable, are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance. Loans are evaluated individually to determine if there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination.  Loans where there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination may be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk characteristics.  The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loan, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “nonaccretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield net of any impact of the loss share agreement with the FDIC, if applicable, on the loan over its remaining estimated life. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized immediately as impairment. If the Company does not have the information necessary to reasonably estimate cash flows to be expected, it may use the cost recovery method or cash basis method of income recognition.  Valuation allowances on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition (meaning the present value of all cash flows expected at acquisition that ultimately are not to be received).

 

For purchased loans acquired on or after January 1, 2009 that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value. Loans may be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk characteristics.  Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for loan losses only when the required allowance, net of any expected reimbursement under any loss-share agreements with the FDIC, exceeds any remaining credit discounts. The remaining differences between the purchase price and the unpaid principal balance at the date of acquisition are recorded in interest income over the life of the loans.

 

Lease investments: The Company’s investment in assets leased to others is reported as lease investments, net, and accounted for as operating leases.  Rental income on operating leases is recognized as income over the lease term according to the provisions of the lease, which is generally on a straight-line basis.  The investment in equipment in operating leases is stated at cost less depreciation using the straight-line method generally over a life of five years or less.

 

Premises and equipment: Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Useful lives range from five to ten years for furniture and equipment, and five to thirty-nine years for buildings and building improvements.  Land improvements are amortized over a period of fifteen years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.  Land is not subject to depreciation.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major improvements are capitalized and amortized to operating expense over their identified useful lives.  Premises and equipment and other long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.  If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.  During 2009, the Company conducted an impairment review of branch office locations to be consolidated due to the Company’s acquisitions in 2009 (see Note 2 below).  As a result, the Company recognized a $4.0 million impairment charge related to three branches in 2009.  During 2011, the Company recognized a $1.6 million impairment charge caused by the decision to close three branches.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Other real estate owned (OREO): OREO includes real estate assets that have been received in satisfaction of debt.  OREO is initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs, which establishes the cost basis.  Subsequently, OREO is carried at the lower of the cost basis or fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any valuation adjustments required at the date of transfer are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequently, unrealized losses and realized gains and losses on sale are included in other noninterest income.  Operating results from OREO are recorded separately on the income statement within other noninterest expense.

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance: The Company has purchased bank-owned life insurance policies on certain executives.  Bank-owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value.  Changes in the cash surrender values are included in non-interest income.

 

Goodwill: The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consists of goodwill, and core deposit and client relationship intangibles.  Under the provisions of ASC Topic 350, goodwill is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair value based test.  The Company reviews goodwill and other intangible assets to determine potential impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the anticipated future cash flows.

 

Other intangibles: The Company’s other intangible assets consist of core deposit and customer intangibles obtained through acquisitions.  Core deposit intangibles (the portion of an acquisition purchase price which represents value assigned to the existing deposit base) have finite lives and are amortized by the declining balance method over four to fifteen years.  Other intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.  If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

 

FDIC indemnification asset: As part of the Heritage, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions (see Note 2 below for further information regarding these transactions), the Company entered into loss-share agreements with the FDIC. These agreements cover realized losses on loans and foreclosed real estate. These loss-share assets are measured separately from the loan portfolios because they are not contractually embedded in the loans and are not transferable with the loans should the Company choose to dispose of them. Fair values at the acquisition dates were estimated based on projected cash flows available for loss-share based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool and the loss-share percentages.  The loss-share assets are also separately measured from the related loans and foreclosed real estate and recorded separately on the balance sheet.  The corresponding accretion is recorded separately on the income statement.  Although these assets are contractual receivables from the FDIC, there are no contractual interest rates.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted downward for a particular loan pool, the FDIC indemnification asset is increased.  An allowance for loan losses is established for the impairment of the loans.  A provision for loan losses is recognized for the difference between the increase in the FDIC indemnification asset and the decrease in cash flows.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted upward for a particular loan pool, the FDIC indemnification asset is decreased.  The difference between the decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset and the increase in cash flows is accreted over the estimated life of the loan pool.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted downward for covered foreclosed real estate, the FDIC indemnification asset is increased.  A charge is recognized for the difference between the increase in the FDIC indemnification asset and the decrease in cash flows.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted upward for covered foreclosed real estate, the FDIC indemnification asset is decreased.  Any write-down after the transfer to covered foreclosed real estate is reversed.

 

In both scenarios, the claw-back liability (as discussed under Note 2) will increase or decrease accordingly.

 

Preferred stock: Preferred stock callable at the option of the Company is initially recorded at the amount of proceeds received.  Any discount from the liquidation value is accreted to the expected call date and charged to retained earnings.  This accretion is recorded using the level-yield method.  Preferred dividends paid (declared and accrued) and any accretion is deducted from net income for computing income available to common stockholders and earnings per share computations.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Treasury stock: Treasury stock is recorded at acquisition cost. Gains and losses on disposition are recorded as increases or decreases to additional paid-in capital with losses in excess of previously recorded gains charged directly to retained earnings.

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities: ASC Topic 815 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value.  ASC Topic 815 requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.  Accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting.

 

All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value.  On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either a fair value hedge (i.e. a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability), a cash flow hedge (i.e. a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability), or a stand-alone derivative (i.e. an instrument with no hedging designation).  For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings.  If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the income statement when the hedged item affects earnings.  Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings.  Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest income.

 

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedging items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet.  The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

 

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.  When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the Company continues to carry the derivative on the balance sheet at its fair value, and no longer adjusts the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value. The adjustment of the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is accounted for in the same manner as other components of the carrying amount of that asset or liability.

 

Transfers of financial assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of the right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Sale of maintenance contracts: LaSalle Business Solutions (LBS) sells third party maintenance contracts to customers.  The maintenance is serviced by third party providers, with LBS maintaining no legal obligation under the contract to perform additional services.  Revenues are recorded net of cost of sales, as LBS is viewed as an agent under ASC Topic 605, accepting minimal credit risk, maintaining no obligation to perform maintenance under the contracts and having no control over selection of the maintenance supplier.

 

Asset management and trust assets: Assets of the asset management and trust department, other than trust cash on deposit at MB Financial Bank, are not included in these consolidated financial statements because they are not assets of the bank.

 

Stock-based compensation: The Company accounts for its equity awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718.  ASC Topic 718 requires public companies to recognize compensation expense related to stock-based equity awards in their income statements.  See Note 20 below for more information.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Income taxes: Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, while deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.  Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

 

Basic and diluted earnings per common share: Earnings (loss) per common share is computed using the two-class method.  Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities.  Participating securities include non-vested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, though no actual shares of common stock related to restricted stock units have been issued.  Non-vested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are considered participating securities to the extent holders of these securities receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents at the same rate as holders of the Company’s common stock.  Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock compensation using the treasury stock method.  Due to the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009, all of the dilutive stock based awards are considered anti-dilutive and not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share (amounts in thousands, except common share data).

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Distributed earnings allocated to common stock

 

$

2,183

 

$

2,118

 

$

5,419

 

Undistributed earnings (loss) allocated to common stock

 

36,512

 

18,352

 

(37,832

)

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations allocated to common stock

 

38,695

 

20,470

 

(32,413

)

Net earnings from discontinued operations allocated to common stock

 

 

 

6,453

 

Less: preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

 

10,414

 

10,382

 

10,298

 

Net earnings (loss) allocated to common stock

 

28,281

 

10,088

 

(36,258

)

Net earnings (loss) allocated to participating securities

 

33

 

58

 

(166

)

Net income (loss) allocated to common stock and participating securities

 

$

28,314

 

$

10,146

 

$

(36,424

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share

 

54,057,158

 

52,724,715

 

40,042,655

 

Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation

 

280,122

 

310,332

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted earnings per common share

 

54,337,280

 

53,035,047

 

40,042,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.81

)

Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.16

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

$

(0.19

)

$

(0.20

)

$

(0.26

)

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.19

 

$

(0.91

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.81

)

Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

0.16

 

Impact of preferred stock dividends on diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

$

(0.19

)

$

(0.20

)

$

(0.26

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.19

 

$

(0.91

)

 

Comprehensive income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred taxes, which are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Segment Reporting: The Company has one reportable segment.  The Company’s chief operating decision-makers use consolidated information to make operating and strategic decisions.

 

New authoritative accounting guidance:

ASC Topic 310 “Receivables.”  New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 310, “Receivables,” amended prior guidance to provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of loans and leases and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (the “Allowance”).  The new authoritative guidance also requires additional disclosures related to credit quality indicators, past due information, and information related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring.  The new authoritative guidance amends only the disclosure requirements for loans and leases and the allowance.  The Company adopted the period end disclosures provisions of the new authoritative guidance under ASC Topic 310 in the reporting period ending December 31, 2010.  Adoption of the new guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.  The Company adopted the disclosures provisions of the new authoritative guidance about activity that occurs during a reporting period on January 1, 2011; the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.  The Company adopted the disclosures provisions related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring on July 1, 2011; the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.

 

ASC Topic 310 “Receivables,” Subtopic 310-40 “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”  New authoritative accounting guidance under Subtopic 310-40, “Receivables — Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” amended prior guidance to provide assistance in determining whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the definition of a troubled debt restructuring.  The new authoritative guidance provides clarification for evaluating whether a concession has been granted and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties.  The new authoritative guidance was effective for the reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2011 and was applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.  The Company adopted this new guidance on July 1, 2011 and it did not have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.

 

ASC Topic 860 “Transfers and Servicing.”  New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing” amended prior guidance on the accounting for repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity.  The new authoritative guidance removes from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee and the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion.  The new guidance does not change any other existing criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control.  The new authoritative guidance will be effective for reporting periods after January 1, 2012 and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.

 

ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurement.”  New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement” amended prior guidance to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  The new authoritative guidance clarifies the highest and best use and valuation premise, measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity, measuring the fair value of financial instruments that are managed within a portfolio, and the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement. The new authoritative guidance also requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. The new authoritative guidance will be effective for reporting periods after January 1, 2012 and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.

 

ASC Topic 220 “Comprehensive Income.”  New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income” amended prior guidance to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  The new guidance requires that all changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  The new guidance does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income.  The new authoritative guidance will be effective for reporting periods after January 1, 2012 and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.

 

ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other.”  New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” amended prior guidance to allow an entity to use a qualitative approach to test

 

82



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

goodwill for impairment.  The new guidance permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (having a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.  The new authoritative guidance will be effective for reporting periods after January 1, 2012, with early adoption permitted, and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s statements of income and financial condition.

 

Reclassifications: Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.  These reclassifications did not result in any changes to previously reported net income or stockholders’ equity.

 

Note 2.   Business Combinations

 

Business Combinations.  The following business combinations were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired companies have been included in the Company’s results of operations since the date of acquisition.  Under this method of accounting, assets and liabilities acquired are recorded at their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects.  The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.  In the event that the fair value of net assets acquired exceeds the cost, the Company will record a gain on the acquisition.

 

During 2009, MB Financial Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Glenwood, Illinois-based Heritage Community Bank (Heritage), Oak Forest, Illinois-based InBank, Chicago, Illinois-based Corus Bank, N.A. (Corus), and Aurora, Illinois-based Benchmark Bank (Benchmark), in transactions facilitated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).  For the Heritage and Benchmark transactions, MB Financial Bank entered into loss-share agreements with the FDIC.  Under the loss-share agreements, MB Financial Bank will share in the losses on assets (loans and other real estate owned) covered under the agreements (referred to as “covered loans” and “covered other real estate owned”).

 

On April 23, 2010, MB Financial Bank assumed certain deposits of Chicago-based Broadway Bank (“Broadway”) and New Century Bank (“New Century”) and acquired certain assets of Broadway and New Century in loss-sharing transactions facilitated by the FDIC.  MB Financial Bank will share in the losses on assets (loans and other real estate owned) covered under the loss-share agreements (referred to as “covered loans” and “covered other real estate owned”).  The FDIC has agreed to reimburse MB Financial Bank for 80% of losses.  The loss-share agreements require that MB Financial Bank follow certain servicing procedures and other conditions as specified in the agreements or risk losing FDIC reimbursement of covered loan losses.  The Company accounts for MB Financial Bank’s loss-share agreements with the FDIC as an indemnification asset.

 

Our loss share agreements on the Benchmark, Broadway and New Century transactions include a clawback mechanism whereby if credit performance is better than certain pre-established thresholds, then a portion of the monetary benefit is shared with the FDIC. The pre-established thresholds for credit losses are $39 million, $308 million, and $154 million for the Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions, respectively. Each loss share agreement requires that this monetary benefit be paid to the FDIC shortly after the expiration of the loss share agreement, which occurs ten years after each bank’s closing.

 

At the purchase date, our internal estimates expected credit performance to be better than the thresholds set by the FDIC for the Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions; therefore, a separate clawback liability was booked for each of these three transactions. At December 31, 2011, the amounts of the clawback liabilities were $2.3 million, $7.2 million, and $3.6 million for the Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions, respectively.

 

From the finalization of purchase accounting to this point, there have not been significant adjustments to cash flow estimates (expected credit performance) on these transactions; therefore, we have not made significant adjustments to the clawback liabilities. Cash flow estimates on these transactions are reviewed quarterly, and we expect to make changes to the clawback liabilities as the loan workouts progress and projections are revised. Any future adjustments to the clawback liabilities will be reflected in other income or other expense.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Heritage, InBank, Corus, Benchmark, Broadway, and New Century transactions, as of the closing dates of those transactions were as follows (in thousands):

 

Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)

 

 

 

Heritage

 

InBank

 

Corus

 

Benchmark

 

Broadway

 

New Century

 

 

 

February 27,

 

September 4,

 

September 11,

 

December 4,

 

April 23,

 

April 23,

 

 

 

2009

 

2009

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

 

2010

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

32,967

 

$

11,593

 

$

574,577

 

$

36,626

 

$

50,737

 

$

19,465

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

18,444

 

28,397

 

1,878,741

 

6,064

 

25,281

 

2,559

 

Loans, net of discount

 

117,763

 

100,634

 

26,084

 

74,633

 

457,612

 

292,925

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

243

 

Core deposit intangible

 

2,095

 

 

14,327

 

 

405

 

101

 

Other real estate owned

 

934

 

4,946

 

 

10,056

 

36,320

 

8,527

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

40,527

 

 

 

32,103

 

250,370

 

87,164

 

Other assets

 

844

 

685

 

7,498

 

4,159

 

6,054

 

3,742

 

Total assets

 

$

213,574

 

$

146,289

 

$

2,501,227

 

$

163,641

 

$

826,779

 

$

414,726

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

216,537

 

$

135,347

 

$

6,476,456

 

$

163,640

 

$

257,781

 

$

426,219

 

Other borrowings

 

 

 

242

 

7,056

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

674

 

743

 

10,374

 

2,598

 

9,729

 

4,069

 

Total liabilities

 

$

217,211

 

$

136,090

 

$

6,487,072

 

$

173,294

 

$

267,510

 

$

430,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid (received) on acquisition

 

$

(3,637

)

$

(23

)

$

(3,985,845

)

$

(27,978

)

$

497,935

 

$

(16,877

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain recorded on acquisition

 

$

 

$

10,222

 

$

 

$

18,325

 

$

61,334

 

$

1,315

 

 

Deposits assumed in the Corus transaction decreased to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2009 and to approximately $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2010.  This decrease was expected and was a result of the redemption of outstanding checks issued for out-of-market certificates of deposit assumed in the Corus transaction, the withdrawals of out-of-market Corus money market accounts, and some in-market run-off of previously higher rate deposits assumed in the Corus transaction.  The decrease of Corus deposits resulted in a corresponding reduction in cash and cash equivalents and investment securities acquired in the transaction.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3.   Discontinued Operations

 

On August 10, 2009, we completed the sale of our merchant card processing business, resulting in an after-tax gain of $6.2 million.

 

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the results of operations of the Company’s merchant card processing business are reflected in the Company’s results of operations as “discontinued operations.”

 

The results of operations for the Company’s merchant card processing business were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2009 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

 

Interest expense

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loans losses

 

 

Other income

 

9,914

 

Other expenses

 

9,535

 

Income before income taxes

 

379

 

Applicable income taxes

 

148

 

Operating income from discontinued operations

 

231

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

6,222

 

 

 

$

6,453

 

 


(1)         Represents results of operations through the date of sale, August 10, 2009.

 

Note 4.   Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks

 

MB Financial Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, based on a percentage of deposits.  The total of those required reserve balances was approximately $57.1 million and $56.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

The nature of the Company’s business requires that it maintain amounts with banks and federal funds sold which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.  Management monitors these correspondent relationships and the Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 5.          Investment Securities

 

Carrying amounts and fair values of investment securities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies and enterprises

 

$

39,640

 

$

2,761

 

$

 

$

42,401

 

States and political subdivisions

 

500,979

 

34,922

 

(241

)

535,660

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,256,696

 

26,483

 

(1,373

)

1,281,806

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

51,324

 

1,361

 

 

52,685

 

Corporate bonds

 

5,899

 

 

 

5,899

 

Equity securities

 

10,457

 

389

 

 

10,846

 

 

 

1,864,995

 

65,916

 

(1,614

)

1,929,297

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

240,183

 

7,489

 

(8

)

247,664

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

259,100

 

5,032

 

(774

)

263,358

 

 

 

499,283

 

12,521

 

(782

)

511,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,364,278

 

$

78,437

 

$

(2,396

)

$

2,440,319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies and enterprises

 

$

18,766

 

$

693

 

$

(25

)

$

19,434

 

States and political subdivisions

 

351,274

 

14,649

 

(991

)

364,932

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,174,500

 

22,716

 

(680

)

1,196,536

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

521

 

9

 

 

530

 

Corporate bonds

 

6,140

 

 

 

6,140

 

Equity securities

 

10,093

 

78

 

 

10,171

 

Total

 

$

1,561,294

 

$

38,145

 

$

(1,696

)

$

1,597,743

 

 

We do not have any meaningful direct or indirect holdings of subprime residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, or any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac preferred or common equity securities in our investment portfolio.  Additionally, more than 99% of our mortgage-backed securities are agency guaranteed.

 

The Company has no direct exposure to the State of Illinois, but approximately 22% of the state and political subdivisions portfolio consists of securities issued by municipalities in Illinois.

 

Approximately 40% of state and political subdivisions securities are insured and approximately 85% of the portfolio consists of general obligation issues.

 

86



 

Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unrealized losses on investment securities and the fair value of the related securities at December 31, 2011 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

1,524

 

$

(5

)

$

1,925

 

$

(236

)

$

3,449

 

$

(241

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

180,675

 

(1,372

)

308

 

(1

)

180,983

 

(1,373

)

 

 

182,199

 

(1,377

)

2,233

 

(237

)

184,432

 

(1,614

)

Held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

585

 

(8

)

 

 

585

 

(8

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

107,216

 

(774

)

 

 

107,216

 

(774

)

 

 

107,801

 

(782

)

 

 

107,801

 

(782

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

290,000

 

$

(2,159

)

$

2,233

 

$

(237

)

$

292,233

 

$

(2,396

)

 

Unrealized losses on investment securities and the fair value of the related securities at December 31, 2010 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies and enterprises

 

$

5,011

 

$

(25

)

$

 

$

 

$

5,011

 

$

(25

)

States and political subdivisions

 

30,209

 

(774

)

2,234

 

(217

)

32,443

 

(991

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

118,009

 

(677

)

405

 

(3

)

118,414

 

(680

)

Totals

 

$

153,229

 

$

(1,476

)

$

2,639

 

$

(220

)

$

155,868

 

$

(1,696

)

 

The total number of security positions in the investment portfolio in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 was 39 compared to 79 at December 31, 2010.  Declines in the fair value of available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) whether or not the Company is more likely than not to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis.

 

As of December 31, 2011, management does not have the intent to sell any of the securities in the table above and believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell any such securities before a recovery of cost.  The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2011, management believes the impairments detailed in the table above are temporary and no impairment loss has been realized in the Company’s consolidated income statement.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Realized net gains on sale of investment securities available for sale are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Realized gains

 

$

647

 

$

19,189

 

$

15,698

 

Realized losses

 

(7

)

(541

)

(1,669

)

Net gains

 

$

640

 

$

18,648

 

$

14,029

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of December 31, 2011 by contractual maturity are shown below.  Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without any penalties.  Therefore, mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary.

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

(In thousands)

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

12,616

 

$

12,802

 

Due after one year through five years

 

175,442

 

188,408

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

157,985

 

174,501

 

Due after ten years

 

200,475

 

208,249

 

Equity securities

 

10,457

 

10,846

 

Residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

1,308,020

 

1,334,491

 

 

 

1,864,995

 

1,929,297

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

3,669

 

3,884

 

Due after ten years

 

236,514

 

243,780

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

259,100

 

263,358

 

 

 

499,283

 

511,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,364,278

 

$

2,440,319

 

 

Investment securities available for sale with carrying amounts of $924.9 million and $877.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged as collateral on public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 6.          Loans

 

Loans consist of the following at (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

$

1,113,123

 

$

1,206,984

 

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

1,208,575

 

1,053,446

 

Commercial real estate

 

1,853,788

 

2,176,584

 

Residential real estate

 

316,787

 

328,482

 

Construction real estate

 

183,789

 

423,339

 

Indirect vehicle

 

187,481

 

175,664

 

Home equity

 

336,043

 

381,662

 

Consumer loans

 

88,865

 

59,320

 

Gross loans, excluding covered loans

 

5,288,451

 

5,805,481

 

Covered loans

 

662,544

 

812,330

 

Total loans(1)

 

$

5,950,995

 

$

6,617,811

 

 


(1)          Gross loan balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are net of unearned income, including net deferred loan fees of $1.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

 

Loans are made to individuals as well as commercial and tax exempt entities.  Specific loan terms vary as to interest rate, repayment, and collateral requirements based on the type of loan requested and the credit worthiness of the prospective borrower.  Credit risk tends to be geographically concentrated in that a majority of the loan customers are located in the markets serviced by MB Financial Bank.

 

The Company’s extension of credit is governed by its Credit Risk Policy which was established to control the quality of the Company’s loans.  These policies and procedures are reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on a regular basis.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans.  Commercial credit is extended primarily to middle market customers.  Such credits typically comprise working capital loans, loans for physical asset expansion, asset acquisition loans and other business loans. Loans to closely held businesses will generally be guaranteed in full or for a meaningful amount by the businesses’ major owners. Commercial loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower.  The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual performance factors.  Minimum standards and underwriting guidelines have been established for all commercial loan types.

 

Lease Loans.  The Company makes lease loans to both investment grade and non-investment grade companies.  Investment grade lessees are companies who are rated in one of the four highest categories by Moody’s Investor Services or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or, in the event the related lessee has not received any such rating, where the related lessee would be viewed under the underwriting polices of the company as an investment grade company. Whether or not companies fall into this category, each lease loan is considered on its individual merit based on financial information available at the time of underwriting.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans.  The Company’s goal is to create and maintain a high quality portfolio of commercial real estate loans with customers who meet the quality and relationship profitability objectives of the company.  Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans.  These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property.  Loan performance may be adversely affected by factors impacting the general economy or conditions specific to the real estate market such as geographic location and/or property type.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Construction Real Estate Loans.  The Company defines construction loans as loans where the loan proceeds are controlled by the Company and used exclusively for the improvement of real estate in which the Company holds a mortgage.  Due to the inherent risk in this type of loan, they are subject to other industry specific policy guidelines outlined in the Company’s Credit Risk Policy and are monitored closely.

 

Consumer Loans.  The Company originates direct and indirect consumer loans including principally residential real estate, home equity lines and loans, credit cards, and indirect motorcycle loans using a matrix-based credit analysis as part of the underwriting process. Each loan type has a separate specified matrix which consists of several factors including debt to income, type of collateral and loan to collateral value, credit history and Company relationship with the borrower.  Indirect loan and credit card underwriting use risk-based pricing in the underwriting process.

 

Loans outstanding to executive officers and directors of the Company, including companies in which they have management control or beneficial ownership, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, were approximately $22.2 million and $16.8 million, respectively.  In the opinion of management, these loans have similar terms to other customer loans and do not present more than normal risk of collection.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents the contractual aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

Loans past due

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

90 days or more

 

Past Due

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,105,139

 

$

2,178

 

$

188

 

$

5,618

 

$

7,984

 

$

1,113,123

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

1,202,323

 

3,409

 

2,463

 

380

 

6,252

 

1,208,575

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

176,594

 

 

 

 

 

176,594

 

Industrial

 

450,029

 

1,013

 

1,700

 

6,642

 

9,355

 

459,384

 

Multifamily

 

383,882

 

2,398

 

1,845

 

2,772

 

7,015

 

390,897

 

Retail

 

421,079

 

2,376

 

480

 

3,624

 

6,480

 

427,559

 

Office

 

181,960

 

 

 

1,544

 

1,544

 

183,504

 

Other

 

214,137

 

457

 

595

 

661

 

1,713

 

215,850

 

Residential real estate

 

311,256

 

1,231

 

767

 

3,533

 

5,531

 

316,787

 

Construction real estate

 

180,471

 

 

 

3,318

 

3,318

 

183,789

 

Indirect vehicle

 

185,363

 

1,376

 

386

 

356

 

2,118

 

187,481

 

Home equity

 

325,173

 

2,812

 

2,314

 

5,744

 

10,870

 

336,043

 

Consumer

 

88,854

 

3

 

3

 

5

 

11

 

88,865

 

Gross loans, excluding covered loans

 

5,226,260

 

17,253

 

10,741

 

34,197

 

62,191

 

5,288,451

 

Covered loans

 

443,332

 

14,332

 

12,618

 

192,262

 

219,212

 

662,544

 

Total loans (1)

 

$

5,669,592

 

$

31,585

 

$

23,359

 

$

226,459

 

$

281,403

 

$

5,950,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loan aging

 

$

91,752

 

$

5,916

 

$

5,142

 

$

26,581

 

$

37,639

 

$

129,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered loans related to FDIC transactions (2)

 

$

19,656

 

$

1,958

 

$

283

 

$

7,617

 

$

9,858

 

$

29,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,194,871

 

$

1,770

 

$

388

 

$

9,955

 

$

12,113

 

$

1,206,984

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

1,049,096

 

1,579

 

1,761

 

1,010

 

4,350

 

1,053,446

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

204,248

 

 

 

 

 

204,248

 

Industrial

 

510,173

 

6,603

 

102

 

6,503

 

13,208

 

523,381

 

Multifamily

 

433,123

 

2,228

 

1,373

 

24,054

 

27,655

 

460,778

 

Retail

 

449,532

 

1,732

 

759

 

22,321

 

24,812

 

474,344

 

Office

 

207,921

 

171

 

3,035

 

6,452

 

9,658

 

217,579

 

Other

 

284,729

 

1,204

 

1,242

 

9,079

 

11,525

 

296,254

 

Residential real estate

 

308,524

 

551

 

2,690

 

16,717

 

19,958

 

328,482

 

Construction real estate

 

351,068

 

9,383

 

 

62,888

 

72,271

 

423,339

 

Indirect vehicle

 

173,179

 

1,677

 

486

 

322

 

2,485

 

175,664

 

Home equity

 

369,856

 

2,648

 

1,095

 

8,063

 

11,806

 

381,662

 

Consumer

 

57,480

 

34

 

3

 

1,803

 

1,840

 

59,320

 

Gross loans, excluding covered loans

 

5,593,800

 

29,580

 

12,934

 

169,167

 

211,681

 

5,805,481

 

Covered loans

 

510,408

 

29,226

 

41,023

 

231,673

 

301,922

 

812,330

 

Total loans (1)

 

$

6,104,208

 

$

58,806

 

$

53,957

 

$

400,840

 

$

513,603

 

$

6,617,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loan aging

 

$

202,644

 

$

19,153

 

$

6,464

 

$

134,180

 

$

159,797

 

$

362,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered loans related to FDIC transactions (2)

 

$

44,748

 

$

1,041

 

$

1,397

 

$

34,987

 

$

37,425

 

$

82,173

 

 


(1)          Includes loans related to the InBank FDIC-assisted transaction completed by MB Financial Bank in 2009.

(2)          Loans related to the InBank FDIC-assisted transaction completed by MB Financial Bank in 2009.

 

91



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

Loans past due

 

 

 

Loans past due

 

 

 

 

 

90 days or more

 

 

 

90 days or more

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

and still accruing

 

Nonaccrual

 

and still accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

34,813

 

$

 

$

51,005

 

$

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

2,116

 

66

 

1,563

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

6,892

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

29,637

 

 

36,426

 

 

 

Multifamily

 

9,145

 

 

30,344

 

 

 

Office

 

2,826

 

 

9,959

 

 

 

Retail

 

15,333

 

 

46,857

 

 

 

Other

 

12,718

 

 

35,278

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

4,300

 

 

15,950

 

 

Construction real estate

 

1,145

 

 

122,077

 

 

Indirect vehicles

 

1,288

 

16

 

1,245

 

1

 

Home equity

 

9,087

 

 

10,095

 

 

Consumer

 

9

 

 

1,642

 

 

Total

 

$

129,309

 

$

82

 

$

362,441

 

$

1

 

 

The reduction in interest income associated with loans on nonaccrual status was approximately $11.9 million, $17.8 million, and $12.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

The Company utilizes an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem and potential problem loans.  Under the Company’s risk rating system, the Company classifies problem and potential problem loans as “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” and “Doubtful.”  Substandard loans include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.  Loans that do not currently expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention are deemed to be Special Mention.  Risk ratings are updated any time the situation warrants.

 

92



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass-rated loans.  Loans listed as not rated are included in groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics.  The following tables present the risk category of loans by class of loans based on the most recent analysis performed and the contractual aging as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

983,935

 

$

56,550

 

$

69,292

 

$

3,346

 

$

1,113,123

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

1,203,933

 

 

4,642

 

 

1,208,575

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

169,702

 

 

 

6,892

 

176,594

 

Industrial

 

370,760

 

26,294

 

62,330

 

 

459,384

 

Multifamily

 

328,617

 

43,256

 

15,732

 

3,292

 

390,897

 

Retail

 

384,590

 

4,031

 

38,938

 

 

427,559

 

Office

 

159,162

 

3,924

 

20,418

 

 

183,504

 

Other

 

183,490

 

3,822

 

28,538

 

 

215,850

 

Construction real estate

 

167,907

 

4,362

 

11,520

 

 

183,789

 

Total

 

$

3,952,096

 

$

142,239

 

$

251,410

 

$

13,530

 

$

4,359,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,011,395

 

$

54,906

 

$

132,608

 

$

8,075

 

$

1,206,984

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

1,048,787

 

2,360

 

2,299

 

 

1,053,446

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

199,337

 

 

4,911

 

 

204,248

 

Industrial

 

398,485

 

47,149

 

75,879

 

1,868

 

523,381

 

Multifamily

 

382,998

 

12,205

 

65,433

 

142

 

460,778

 

Retail

 

384,116

 

23,041

 

63,165

 

4,022

 

474,344

 

Office

 

159,117

 

18,208

 

40,254

 

 

217,579

 

Other

 

229,838

 

5,061

 

61,355

 

 

296,254

 

Construction real estate

 

236,959

 

21,170

 

165,210

 

 

423,339

 

Total

 

$

4,051,032

 

$

184,100

 

$

611,114

 

$

14,107

 

$

4,860,353

 

 

Approximately $114.7 million and $333.5 million of the substandard and doubtful loans were non-performing as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

93



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For consumer, residential real estate, home equity, and indirect vehicle loan classes, the Company also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity.  The following table presents the recorded investment in those loan classes based on payment activity as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Performing

 

Non-performing

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

312,487

 

$

4,300

 

$

316,787

 

Indirect vehicles

 

186,177

 

1,304

 

187,481

 

Home equity

 

326,956

 

9,087

 

336,043

 

Consumer

 

88,856

 

9

 

88,865

 

Total

 

$

914,476

 

$

14,700

 

$

929,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

312,532

 

$

15,950

 

$

328,482

 

Indirect vehicles

 

174,418

 

1,246

 

175,664

 

Home equity

 

371,567

 

10,095

 

381,662

 

Consumer

 

57,678

 

1,642

 

59,320

 

Total

 

$

916,195

 

$

28,933

 

$

945,128

 

 

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Principal

 

Recorded

 

Partial

 

Loan Losses

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

 

Balance

 

Investment

 

Charge-offs

 

Allocated

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

47,784

 

$

28,774

 

$

19,010

 

$

 

$

22,952

 

$

211

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

107

 

107

 

 

 

696

 

32

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

 

 

 

 

1,818

 

 

Industrial

 

35,338

 

25,865

 

9,473

 

 

37,436

 

64

 

Multifamily

 

1,975

 

1,975

 

 

 

10,641

 

164

 

Retail

 

23,656

 

23,652

 

4

 

 

26,783

 

 

Office

 

779

 

779

 

 

 

5,755

 

 

Other

 

6,901

 

6,901

 

 

 

16,303

 

 

Residential real estate

 

7,157

 

7,157

 

 

 

6,580

 

 

Construction real estate

 

 

 

 

 

56,846

 

 

Indirect vehicles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

11,297

 

11,297

 

 

 

7,309

 

 

Consumer

 

241

 

241

 

 

 

122

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

10,016

 

6,038

 

3,978

 

1,711

 

10,025

 

80

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

2,077

 

2,077

 

 

390

 

475

 

71

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

11,750

 

6,892

 

4,858

 

1,560

 

292

 

 

Industrial

 

7,739

 

3,773

 

3,966

 

680

 

7,780

 

 

Multifamily

 

14,387

 

7,720

 

6,667

 

1,757

 

10,614

 

208

 

Retail

 

11,232

 

10,672

 

560

 

2,394

 

9,688

 

 

Office

 

2,330

 

2,047

 

283

 

77

 

4,586

 

 

Other

 

5,979

 

5,816

 

163

 

1,514

 

10,489

 

2

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction real estate

 

3,519

 

1,145

 

2,374

 

721

 

20,259

 

 

Indirect vehicles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

355

 

5

 

Total

 

$

204,264

 

$

152,928

 

$

51,336

 

$

10,804

 

$

267,804

 

$

837

 

 

94



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for

 

 

 

Principal

 

Recorded

 

Partial

 

Loan Losses

 

 

 

Balance

 

Investment

 

Charge-offs

 

Allocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

20,588

 

$

19,031

 

$

1,557

 

$

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

1,125

 

650

 

475

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

25,124

 

21,974

 

3,150

 

 

Multifamily

 

14,319

 

11,626

 

2,693

 

 

Retail

 

40,549

 

29,096

 

11,453

 

 

Office

 

18,214

 

14,446

 

3,768

 

 

Other

 

3,392

 

2,350

 

1,042

 

 

Residential real estate

 

6,269

 

6,269

 

 

 

Construction real estate

 

126,940

 

76,145

 

50,795

 

 

Indirect vehicles

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

1,691

 

1,691

 

 

 

Consumer

 

717

 

717

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

55,331

 

33,257

 

22,074

 

8,823

 

Commercial collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

913

 

913

 

 

122

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

17,221

 

14,895

 

2,326

 

4,213

 

Multifamily

 

28,201

 

20,338

 

7,863

 

5,409

 

Retail

 

31,552

 

19,467

 

12,085

 

5,214

 

Office

 

8,552

 

3,461

 

5,091

 

1,554

 

Other

 

36,593

 

33,483

 

3,110

 

8,489

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Construction real estate

 

82,047

 

45,557

 

36,490

 

18,002

 

Indirect vehicles

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

519,338

 

$

355,366

 

$

163,972

 

$

51,826

 

 

Average impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $267.8 million, $337.1 million and $233.7 million, respectively.  Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis was $837 thousand, $307 thousand and $185 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Impaired loans included accruing restructured loans of $38.0 million and $22.5 million that have been modified and are performing in accordance with those modified terms as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  In addition, impaired loans included $42.5 million and $47.6 million of non-performing, restructured loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Periodically, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a non-performing note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable time prior to and subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year of the restructuring that the historical payment performance has been established.  As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately $18.9 million in recorded investment in relation to two A/B structures.  Both of these A/B structures are included above as accruing restructured loans.

 

95



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables present loans that have been restructured during the year ended December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Number

 

Pre-Modification

 

Post-Modification

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Charge-offs and

 

 

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Investment

 

Specific Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multifamily

 

1

 

$

20

 

$

20

 

$

 

Retail

 

4

 

19,680

 

19,564

 

 

Residential real estate

 

10

 

2,406

 

2,350

 

 

Construction real estate

 

1

 

3,603

 

3,593

 

 

Consumer

 

72

 

7,850

 

7,811

 

 

Total

 

88

 

$

33,559

 

$

33,338

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

3

 

$

463

 

$

463

 

$

119

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

4

 

15,947

 

9,680

 

6,511

 

Multifamily

 

2

 

10,393

 

3,970

 

7,047

 

Retail

 

4

 

10,637

 

10,632

 

680

 

Office

 

2

 

834

 

834

 

8

 

Other

 

3

 

5,274

 

5,274

 

1,006

 

Residential real estate

 

2

 

531

 

452

 

79

 

Home equity

 

17

 

2,902

 

2,273

 

629

 

Total

 

37

 

$

46,981

 

$

33,578

 

$

16,079

 

 

Loans may be restructured in an effort to maximize collections.  We use various restructuring techniques, including, but not limited to, deferral of past due interest or principal, implementing A/B note structure, redeeming past due taxes, reduction of interest rates, extending maturities and modification of amortization schedules.  We typically do not forgive principal balances or past due interest prior to payoff or surrender of the property.

 

Impairment analyses are performed on commercial loan troubled debt restructurings in conjunction with the normal allowance for loan loss process.  Consumer loan troubled debt restructurings are analyzed to ensure adequate cash flow or collateral supports the outstanding loan balance.  Of the troubled debt restructurings entered into during 2011, $600 thousand subsequently defaulted before December 31, 2011.  Redefaults are defined as loans that were performing troubled debt restructurings that became 90 days or more past due post restructuring.

 

96



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

192,217

 

$

177,072

 

$

144,001

 

Provision for loan losses

 

120,750

 

246,200

 

231,800

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

(17,571

)

(58,077

)

(46,113

)

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

(1,466

)

(1,711

)

(5,407

)

Commercial real estate

 

(96,633

)

(79,828

)

(38,842

)

Residential real estate

 

(12,643

)

(3,326

)

(1,476

)

Construction real estate

 

(52,917

)

(94,533

)

(103,789

)

Indirect vehicles

 

(2,836

)

(3,199

)

(4,085

)

Home equity

 

(11,066

)

(4,632

)

(3,443

)

Consumer loans

 

(1,648

)

(1,755

)

(1,124

)

Total charge-offs

 

(196,780

)

(247,061

)

(204,279

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

5,370

 

8,788

 

1,491

 

Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments

 

225

 

184

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

3,332

 

2,070

 

40

 

Residential real estate

 

49

 

184

 

44

 

Construction real estate

 

8,590

 

3,170

 

2,957

 

Indirect vehicles

 

1,399

 

1,163

 

757

 

Home equity

 

224

 

351

 

53

 

Consumer loans

 

599

 

96

 

208

 

Total recoveries

 

19,788

 

16,006

 

5,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(176,992

)

(231,055

)

(198,729

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses(1)

 

135,975

 

192,217

 

177,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for unfunded credit commitments(2)

 

9,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

 

$

126,798

 

$

192,217

 

$

177,072

 

 


(1)          The reserve for unfunded credit commitments was reclassified to other liabilities as of June 30, 2011.

(2)          There was $13.6 million and $3.1 million for unfunded credit commitments at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, included in allowance for credit losses above.

 

97



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for credit losses, balance in allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

collateralized by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assignment of

 

Commercial

 

Residential

 

Construction

 

Indirect

 

Home

 

 

 

Unfunded

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

lease payments

 

real estate

 

real estate

 

real estate

 

vehicles

 

equity

 

Consumer

 

Commitments

 

Total

 

December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

28,747

 

$

6,424

 

$

105,875

 

$

5,104

 

$

37,215

 

$

3,157

 

$

5,062

 

$

633

 

$

 

$

192,217

 

Reclassification to allowance for unfunded credit commitments

 

(464

)

 

(7,989

)

 

(8,597

)

 

 

 

17,050

 

 

Transfer to (from) allowance for unfunded credit commitments

 

 

 

5,516

 

 

5,765

 

 

 

 

(11,281

)

 

Charge-offs

 

(17,571

)

(1,466

)

(96,633

)

(12,643

)

(52,917

)

(2,836

)

(11,066

)

(1,648

)

 

(196,780

)

Recoveries

 

5,370

 

225

 

3,332

 

49

 

8,590

 

1,399

 

224

 

599

 

 

19,788

 

Provision

 

5,024

 

2,378

 

58,594

 

11,425

 

25,583

 

114

 

13,113

 

1,111

 

3,408

 

120,750

 

Ending balance

 

$

21,106

 

$

7,561

 

$

68,695

 

$

3,935

 

$

15,639

 

$

1,834

 

$

7,333

 

$

695

 

$

9,177

 

$

135,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

1,711

 

$

390

 

$

7,982

 

$

 

$

721

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

9,177

 

$

19,981

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

19,395

 

7,171

 

60,173

 

3,648

 

14,918

 

1,834

 

7,333

 

695

 

 

115,167

 

Acquired and accounted for under ASC 310-30 (1)

 

 

 

540

 

287

 

 

 

 

 

 

827

 

Total ending allowance balance

 

$

21,106

 

$

7,561

 

$

68,695

 

$

3,935

 

$

15,639

 

$

1,834

 

$

7,333

 

$

695

 

$

9,177

 

$

135,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

34,812

 

$

2,184

 

$

96,092

 

$

7,157

 

$

1,145

 

$

 

$

11,297

 

$

241

 

$

 

$

152,928

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1,053,310

 

1,206,391

 

1,757,696

 

305,117

 

182,644

 

187,481

 

324,746

 

88,624

 

 

5,106,009

 

Acquired and accounted for under ASC 310-30 (1)

 

110,545

 

 

324,216

 

9,483

 

197,788

 

 

925

 

49,101

 

 

692,058

 

Total ending loans balance

 

$

1,198,667

 

$

1,208,575

 

$

2,178,004

 

$

321,757

 

$

381,577

 

$

187,481

 

$

336,968

 

$

137,966

 

$

 

$

5,950,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

39,226

 

$

8,726

 

$

56,710

 

$

2,934

 

$

59,760

 

$

3,230

 

$

5,749

 

$

737

 

$

 

$

177,072

 

Charge-offs

 

(58,077

)

(1,711

)

(79,828

)

(3,326

)

(94,533

)

(3,199

)

(4,632

)

(1,755

)

 

(247,061

)

Recoveries

 

8,788

 

184

 

2,070

 

184

 

3,170

 

1,163

 

351

 

96

 

 

16,006

 

Provision

 

38,810

 

(775

)

126,923

 

5,312

 

68,818

 

1,963

 

3,594

 

1,555

 

 

246,200

 

Ending balance

 

$

28,747

 

$

6,424

 

$

105,875

 

$

5,104

 

$

37,215

 

$

3,157

 

$

5,062

 

$

633

 

$

 

$

192,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

8,823

 

$

122

 

$

24,879

 

$

 

$

18,002

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

51,826

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

19,924

 

6,302

 

80,996

 

5,104

 

19,213

 

3,157

 

5,062

 

633

 

 

140,391

 

Acquired and accounted for under ASC 310-30 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

 

$

28,747

 

$

6,424

 

$

105,875

 

$

5,104

 

$

37,215

 

$

3,157

 

$

5,062

 

$

633

 

$

 

$

192,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

52,288

 

$

1,563

 

$

171,136

 

$

6,269

 

$

121,702

 

$

 

$

1,691

 

$

717

 

$

 

$

355,366

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1,084,898

 

1,051,883

 

2,005,448

 

322,213

 

301,637

 

175,664

 

379,971

 

46,229

 

 

5,367,943

 

Acquired and accounted for under ASC 310-30 (1)

 

195,086

 

 

382,943

 

 

243,186

 

 

 

73,287

 

 

894,502

 

Total ending loans balance

 

$

1,332,272

 

$

1,053,446

 

$

2,559,527

 

$

328,482

 

$

666,525

 

$

175,664

 

$

381,662

 

$

120,233

 

$

 

$

6,617,811

 

 


(1)  Loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions and accounted for under ASC Subtopic 310-30 “Receivables — Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.”

 

The results for the year ended December 31, 2011 include a provision for credit losses of approximately $50 million in connection with the sale during the quarter ended June 30, 2011 of loans with an aggregate carrying amount of $281.6 million prior to the transfer to loans held for sale, including $156.3 million in non-performing loans.  The sale resulted in charge-offs of approximately $87 million, which impacted all loan types.

 

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination, including loans purchased in our FDIC-assisted transactions, are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date without a carryover of the related allowance for loan losses.  Purchased credit-impaired loans are loans that have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments.  Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include factors such as past due and non-accrual status.  The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference.  Further, any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan when there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows.  Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses.  Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reduction of the remaining portion of any allowance for loan losses previously established and/or a reclassification of the difference from non-accretable to accretable with a positive impact on interest income prospectively.

 

98



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011 there was a provision to the allowance for loan losses of $3.8 million and net charge-offs of $3.0 million in relation to five pools of purchased loans with a total carrying amount of $32.7 million as of December 31, 2011.  There was $827 thousand in allowance for loan losses related to these purchased loans at December 31, 2011 and none at December 31, 2010.  The provision for loan losses and accompanying charge-offs are included in the table above.

 

Changes in the accretable yield for loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions and accounted for under ASC 310-30 were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

44,103

 

$

9,576

 

Purchases

 

 

52,480

 

Accretion

 

(29,899

)

(17,953

)

Other

 

4,499

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

18,703

 

$

44,103

 

 

In our FDIC-assisted transactions (see Note 2), the fair value of purchased credit-impaired loans, on the acquisition date, was determined based on assigned risk ratings, expected cash flows and the fair value of loan collateral.  The fair value of loans that were not credit-impaired was determined based on estimates of losses on defaults and other market factors.  Due to the loss-share agreements with the FDIC, the Bank recorded a receivable (FDIC indemnification asset) from the FDIC equal to the present value of the corresponding reimbursement percentages on the estimated losses embedded in the loan portfolio.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted downward for a particular loan pool, the FDIC indemnification asset is increased.  An allowance for loan losses is established for the impairment of the loans.  A provision for loan losses is recognized for the difference between the increase in the FDIC indemnification asset and the decrease in cash flows.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted upward for a particular loan pool, the FDIC indemnification asset is decreased.  The difference between the decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset and the increase in cash flows is accreted over the estimated life of the loan pool.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted downward for covered foreclosed real estate, the FDIC indemnification asset is increased.  A charge is recognized for the difference between the increase in the FDIC indemnification asset and the decrease in cash flows.

 

When cash flow estimates are adjusted upward for covered foreclosed real estate, the FDIC indemnification asset is decreased.  Any write-down after the transfer to covered foreclosed real estate is reversed.

 

In both scenarios, the clawback liability (the amount the FDIC requires the Company to pay back if certain thresholds are met) will increase or decrease accordingly.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The carrying amount of covered loans and other purchased non-covered loans at December 31, 2011 consisted of purchased credit-impaired loans and non-credit-impaired loans as shown in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

 

Purchased
Credit-Impaired
Loans

 

Purchased Non-
Credit-Impaired
Loans

 

Total

 

Covered loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial related (1)

 

$

30,062

 

$

18,617

 

$

48,679

 

Commercial

 

13,129

 

23,737

 

36,866

 

Commercial real estate

 

136,287

 

187,928

 

324,215

 

Construction real estate

 

174,772

 

23,016

 

197,788

 

Other

 

6,970

 

48,026

 

54,996

 

Total covered loans

 

$

361,220

 

$

301,324

 

$

662,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated receivable amount from the FDIC under the loss-share agreement

 

$

53,654

 

$

27,176

 

$

80,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non covered loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial related (2)

 

$

7,393

 

$

17,609

 

$

25,002

 

Other

 

164

 

4,348

 

4,512

 

Total non-covered loans

 

$

7,557

 

$

21,957

 

$

29,514

 

 


(1)          Covered commercial related loans include commercial, commercial real estate and construction real estate loans for Heritage and Benchmark.

(2)          Non covered commercial related loans include commercial, commercial real estate and construction real estate for InBank.

 

Outstanding balances on purchased loans from the FDIC were $795.6 million and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The related carrying amount on loans purchased from the FDIC was $692.1 million and $894.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

100



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 7.   Lease Investments

 

The lease portfolio is comprised of various types of equipment, generally technology related, including computer systems and satellite equipment, material handling and general manufacturing equipment.  Lessees tend to have an investment grade public debt rating by Moody’s or Standard & Poors or the equivalent, though we also provide credit to below investment grade and non-rated companies.

 

Lease investments by categories follow (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum lease payments

 

$

56,744

 

$

64,525

 

Estimated unguaranteed residual values

 

6,681

 

7,387

 

Less: unearned income

 

(5,349

)

(6,801

)

Direct finance leases (1)

 

$

58,076

 

$

65,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leveraged leases:

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum lease payments

 

$

21,907

 

$

13,819

 

Estimated unguaranteed residual values

 

2,702

 

2,842

 

Less: unearned income

 

(2,004

)

(1,295

)

Less: related non-recourse debt

 

(20,629

)

(13,089

)

Leveraged leases (1)

 

$

1,976

 

$

2,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases:

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment, at cost

 

$

242,453

 

$

224,343

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(106,963

)

(97,437

)

Lease investments, net

 

$

135,490

 

$

126,906

 

 


(1)          Direct finance and leveraged leases are included as commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments for financial statement purposes.

 

Leases that transfer substantially all of the benefits and risk related to the equipment ownership to the lessee are classified as direct financing.  If these direct finance leases have non-recourse debt associated with them, they are further classified as leveraged leases, and the associated debt is netted with the outstanding balance in the consolidated financial statements.  Interest income on direct finance and leveraged leases is recognized using methods which approximate a level yield over the term of the lease.

 

Operating leases are investments in equipment leased to other companies, where the residual component makes up more than 10% of the investment.  The Company funds most of the lease equipment purchases internally, but has some loans at other banks which totaled $31.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $12.9 million at December 31, 2010.

 

101



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The minimum lease payments receivable for the various categories of leases are due as follows (in thousands) for the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

Direct

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance

 

Leveraged

 

Operating

 

 

 

Year

 

Leases

 

Leases

 

Leases

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

$

31,376

 

$

9,775

 

$

36,086

 

$

77,237

 

2013

 

15,801

 

7,122

 

22,488

 

45,411

 

2014

 

6,373

 

3,494

 

13,402

 

23,269

 

2015

 

2,281

 

1,195

 

6,139

 

9,615

 

2016

 

913

 

321

 

1,355

 

2,589

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

204

 

204

 

 

 

$

56,744

 

$

21,907

 

$

79,674

 

$

158,325

 

 

Income from lease investments was composed of (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental income on operating leases

 

$

54,859

 

$

55,078

 

$

51,809

 

Equipment maintenance contracts revenue, net of cost of sales

 

7,713

 

5,353

 

4,262

 

Other lease related revenue

 

3,599

 

2,078

 

306

 

Gain on sale of leased equipment

 

5,753

 

4,247

 

1,789

 

Income on lease investments, gross

 

71,924

 

66,756

 

58,166

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write down of residual value of equipment

 

(2,595

)

(1,773

)

(1,371

)

Depreciation on operating leases

 

(42,390

)

(43,130

)

(38,267

)

Income from lease investments, net

 

$

26,939

 

$

21,853

 

$

18,528

 

 

Equipment maintenance contracts revenue represents the gross amount of revenue paid for maintenance contracts and other services sold to customers.  The maintenance contracts are serviced by third parties, with the Company maintaining no obligation under the contracts.  The cost of sales is the amount paid by the Company to the third party maintenance provider.

 

Gains on leased equipment periodically result when a lessee renews a lease or purchases the equipment at the end of a lease or the equipment is sold to a third party at a profit.  Individual lease transactions can, however, result in a loss.  This generally happens when, at the end of a lease, the lessee does not renew the lease or purchase the equipment.  To mitigate this risk of loss, we usually limit individual leased equipment residuals to approximately $500 thousand per transaction and seek to diversify both the type of equipment leased and the industries in which the lessees participate.  Often times, there are several individual lease schedules under one master lease.  There were 2,668 leases at December 31, 2011 compared to 2,564 at December 31, 2010.  The average residual value per lease schedule was approximately $21 thousand at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  The average residual value per master lease schedule was approximately $166 thousand at December 31, 2011 and $168 thousand at December 31, 2010.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

At December 31, 2011, the following reflects the residual values for leases by category in the year the initial lease term ends (in thousands):

 

 

 

Residual Values

 

 

 

Direct

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of initial lease term

 

Finance

 

Leveraged

 

Operating

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Leases

 

Leases

 

Leases

 

Total

 

2012

 

$

2,077

 

$

886

 

$

14,434

 

$

17,397

 

2013

 

1,725

 

789

 

7,381

 

9,895

 

2014

 

2,023

 

784

 

11,299

 

14,106

 

2015

 

440

 

205

 

5,650

 

6,295

 

2016

 

196

 

38

 

5,875

 

6,109

 

Thereafter

 

220

 

 

885

 

1,105

 

 

 

$

6,681

 

$

2,702

 

$

45,524

 

$

54,907

 

 

The lease residual value represents the present value of the estimated fair value of the leased equipment at the termination of the lease.  Lease residual values are reviewed quarterly, and any write-downs or charge-offs deemed necessary are recorded in the period in which they become known.

 

Note 8.   Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment consist of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and land improvements

 

$

63,796

 

$

64,881

 

Buildings

 

97,909

 

97,971

 

Furniture and equipment

 

80,659

 

79,714

 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

 

50,617

 

47,313

 

 

 

292,981

 

289,879

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(82,276

)

(78,993

)

Premises and equipment, net

 

$

210,705

 

$

210,886

 

 

Depreciation on premises and equipment totaled $13.6 million, $11.5 million, and $11.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 9.   Goodwill and Intangibles

 

The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consists of goodwill, and core deposit and client relationship intangibles.  Under ASC Topic 350, goodwill is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair value based test.  The Company reviews goodwill and other intangible assets to determine potential impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the anticipated future cash flows.

 

The Company’s annual assessment date is as of December 31.  At December 31, 2011, the Company’s stock price was trading below its book value.  However, as of December 31, 2011, the present value of anticipated cash flows exceeded the carrying value, and no impairment loss was recognized in 2011.  No impairment losses were recognized in 2010 or 2009.  The carrying amount of goodwill was $387.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level.  All of our goodwill is allocated to MB Financial, Inc., which is the Company’s only applicable reporting unit for purposes of testing goodwill impairment.  Fair value was computed by estimating the future cash flows of the Company and present valuing those cash flows at an interest rate equal to our cost of capital.  In addition, we compared our fair value calculation with our stock price adjusted for a control premium for reasonableness relative to our fair value calculation.  Key assumptions used in estimating future cash flows included loan and deposit growth, the interest rate environment, credit spreads on new and renewed loans, future deposit pricing, loan charge-offs, provision for loan losses, fee income growth and operating expense growth.  Our future cash flows estimates assume similar credit performance to what we experienced in the last two quarters of 2011.

 

The Company has other intangible assets consisting of core deposit and client relationship intangibles that had, as of December 31, 2011, a remaining weighted average amortization period of approximately five years.

 

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of core deposit and client relationship intangibles, gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization, and net book value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

35,159

 

$

37,708

 

Amortization expense

 

(5,665

)

(6,214

)

Other intangibles from business combinations

 

 

3,665

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

29,494

 

$

35,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

$

71,560

 

$

71,560

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(42,066

)

(36,401

)

Net book value

 

$

29,494

 

$

35,159

 

 

104



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following presents the estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

2012

 

$

5,010

 

2013

 

4,530

 

2014

 

3,514

 

2015

 

3,090

 

2016

 

2,747

 

Thereafter

 

10,603

 

 

 

$

29,494

 

 

Note 10. Deposits

 

The composition of deposits is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Demand deposit accounts, noninterest bearing

 

$

1,885,694

 

$

1,691,599

 

NOW and money market accounts

 

2,645,334

 

2,776,181

 

Savings accounts

 

753,610

 

697,851

 

Time certificates, $100,000 or more

 

1,393,165

 

1,742,580

 

Other time certificates

 

969,804

 

1,244,747

 

Total

 

$

7,647,607

 

$

8,152,958

 

 

Time certificates of $100,000 or more included $437.4 million and $468.2 million of brokered deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Brokered deposits typically consist of smaller individual time certificates that have the same liquidity characteristics and yields consistent with time certificates of $100,000 or more.

 

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time certificates are as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

 

$

1,614,408

 

2013

 

327,869

 

2014

 

124,773

 

2015

 

73,670

 

2016

 

40,433

 

Thereafter

 

181,816

 

 

 

$

2,362,969

 

 

Note 11. Short-Term Borrowings

 

Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Weighted
Average

 

 

 

Weighted
Average

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Amount

 

Cost

 

Amount

 

Customer repurchase agreements

 

0.30

%

$

216,439

 

0.31

%

$

265,195

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

3.66

%

3,515

 

3.81

%

3,649

 

 

 

0.35

%

$

219,954

 

0.36

%

$

268,844

 

 

105


 


Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are agreements in which the Company acquires funds by selling assets to another party under a simultaneous agreement to repurchase the same assets at a specified price and date.  The Company enters into repurchase agreements and also offers a demand deposit account product to customers that sweeps their balances in excess of an agreed upon target amount into overnight repurchase agreements.  All securities sold under agreements to repurchase are recorded on the face of the balance sheet.

 

The Company had Federal Home Loan Bank advances with maturity dates less than one year consisting of $3.5 million in fixed rate advances at December 31, 2011 and $3.6 million in fixed rate advances at December 31, 2010.  At December 31, 2011, the Company had fixed rate advances with effective interest rates ranging from 3.60% to 3.70%.  At December 31, 2011, these advances had a maturity of June 2012.

 

Note 12. Long-term Borrowings

 

The Company had Federal Home Loan Bank advances with original contractual maturities greater than one year of $144.6 million and $181.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the advances had fixed terms with effective interest rates, net of discounts, ranging from 3.23% to 5.87%.  At December 31, 2011, the advances had maturities ranging from April 2013 to April 2035.

 

A collateral pledge agreement exists whereby at all times, the Company must keep on hand, free of all other pledges, liens, and encumbrances, first mortgage loans and home equity loans with unpaid principal balances aggregating no less than 133% for first mortgage loans and 250% for home equity loans of the outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.  The Company may also pledge certain investment securities as collateral for advances based on market value.  As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $197.4 million and $246.8 million, respectively, of loans pledged as collateral for long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  Additionally, as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $33.8 million and $36.6 million, respectively, of investment securities pledged as collateral for long-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

The Company had notes payable to banks totaling $31.0 million and $12.9 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, which as of December 31, 2011, were accruing interest at rates ranging from 3.00% to 12.00%.  Lease investments includes equipment with an amortized cost of $42.6 million and $19.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, that is pledged as collateral on these notes.

 

The Company had a $40 million ten-year structured repurchase agreement as of December 31, 2011, which bears interest at a fixed rate borrowing of 4.75% and expires in 2016.

 

As of December 31, 2011, MB Financial Bank has a $50 million outstanding subordinated debt facility.  Interest is payable at a rate of 3 month LIBOR + 1.70%.  The debt matures on October 1, 2017.

 

The principal payments on long-term borrowings are due as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Amount

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

$

41,741

 

2013

 

21,284

 

2014

 

5,508

 

2015

 

2,690

 

2016

 

141,146

 

Thereafter

 

53,895

 

 

 

$

266,264

 

 

 

106



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 13. Junior Subordinated Notes Issued to Capital Trusts

 

The Company has established statutory trusts for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities.  The proceeds from such issuances were used by the trusts to purchase junior subordinated notes of the Company, which are the sole assets of each trust.  Concurrently with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, the Company issued guarantees for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities.  The Company’s outstanding trust preferred securities qualify, and are treated by the Company, as Tier 1 regulatory capital.  The Company owns all of the common securities of each trust.  The trust preferred securities issued by each trust rank equally with the common securities in right of payment, except that if an event of default under the indenture governing the notes has occurred and is continuing, the preferred securities will rank senior to the common securities in right of payment.

 

The table below summarizes the outstanding junior subordinated notes and the related trust preferred securities issued by each trust as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Coal City

 

MB Financial

 

MB Financial

 

MB Financial

 

 

 

Capital Trust I

 

Capital Trust II

 

Capital Trust III

 

Capital Trust IV

 

Junior Subordinated Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal balance

 

$25,774

 

$36,083

 

$10,310

 

$20,619

 

Annual interest rate

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.80%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.40%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.50%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.52%

 

Stated maturity date

 

September 1, 2028

 

September 15, 2035

 

September 23, 2036

 

September 15, 2036

 

Call date

 

September 1, 2008

 

December 15, 2010

 

September 23, 2011

 

September 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face Value

 

$25,000

 

$35,000

 

$10,000

 

$20,000

 

Annual distribution rate

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.80%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.40%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.50%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.52%

 

Issuance date

 

July 1998

 

August 2005

 

July 2006

 

August 2006

 

Distribution dates (1)

 

Quarterly

 

Quarterly

 

Quarterly

 

Quarterly

 

 

 

 

MB Financial

 

MB Financial

 

FOBB

 

FOBB

 

 

 

Capital Trust V

 

Capital Trust VI

 

Statutory Trust I (2)(3)(4)

 

Statutory Trust III (2)(4)

 

Junior Subordinated Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal balance

 

$30,928

 

$23,196

 

$6,186

 

$5,155

 

Annual interest rate

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.30%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.30%

 

10.60%

 

3-mo LIBOR +2.80%

 

Stated maturity date

 

December 15, 2037

 

October 30, 2037

 

September 7, 2030

 

January 23, 2034

 

Call date

 

December 15, 2012

 

October 30, 2012

 

September 7, 2010

 

January 23, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face Value

 

$30,000

 

$22,500

 

$6,000

 

$5,000

 

Annual distribution rate

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.30%

 

3-mo LIBOR +1.30%

 

10.60%

 

3-mo LIBOR +2.80%

 

Issuance date

 

September 2007

 

October 2007

 

September 2000

 

December 2003

 

Distribution dates (1)

 

Quarterly

 

Quarterly

 

Semi-annual

 

Quarterly

 

 


(1)          All distributions are cumulative and paid in cash.

(2)          Amount does not include purchase accounting adjustments totaling a premium of $287 thousand associated with FOBB Statutory Trust I and III.

(3)          Callable at a premium through 2020.

(4)          FOBB Statutory Trusts I and III were established by First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. (“FOBB”) prior to the Company’s acquisition of FOBB, and the junior subordinated notes issued by FOBB to FOBB Statutory Trusts I and III were assumed by the Company upon completion of the acquisition.

 

The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the junior subordinated notes at the stated maturity date or upon redemption on a date no earlier than the call dates noted in the table above.  Prior to these respective redemption dates, the junior subordinated notes may be redeemed by the Company (in which case the trust preferred securities would also be redeemed) after the occurrence of certain events that would have a negative tax effect on the Company or the trusts, would cause the trust preferred securities to no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, or would result in a trust being treated as an investment company.  Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related junior subordinated notes.  The Company’s obligation under the junior subordinated notes and other

 

107



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of each trust’s obligations under the trust preferred securities issued by each trust.  The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the notes and, therefore, distributions on the trust preferred securities, for up to five years, but not beyond the stated maturity date in the table above.  During any such deferral period the Company may not pay cash dividends on its common or preferred stock and generally may not repurchase its common or preferred stock.

 

Under the terms of the securities purchase agreement between the Company and the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which the Company issued its Series A Preferred Stock as part to the TARP Capital Purchase Program, prior to December 5, 2011, we were not permitted to redeem our trust preferred securities (or the related junior subordinated notes), without the consent of Treasury.  See Note 23 below.

 

Note 14. Lease Commitments and Rental Expense

 

The Company leases office space for certain branch offices.  At December 31, 2011, the future minimum annual rental commitments for these noncancelable leases and subleases of such space are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Gross

 

Sublease

 

Net

 

Year

 

Rents

 

Rents

 

Rents

 

2012

 

$

5,558

 

$

1,167

 

$

4,391

 

2013

 

5,142

 

973

 

4,169

 

2014

 

4,495

 

1,000

 

3,495

 

2015

 

3,907

 

683

 

3,224

 

2016

 

3,253

 

409

 

2,844

 

Thereafter

 

23,660

 

1,823

 

21,837

 

 

 

$

46,015

 

$

6,055

 

$

39,960

 

 

Under the terms of these leases, the Company is required to pay its pro rata share of the cost of maintenance and real estate taxes.  Certain leases also provide for increased rental payments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index.

 

Net rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 amounted to $5.3 million, $5.4 million, and $5.1 million, respectively.

 

Note 15. Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) profit sharing plan that covers all full-time employees who have completed three months of service.  Each participant under the plan may contribute up to 75% of his/her eligible compensation on a pretax basis.  The Company’s contributions consist of a discretionary profit-sharing contribution and a matching contribution of the amounts contributed by the participants.  The board of directors determines the Company’s contributions on an annual basis.

 

During 2011, each participant was eligible for a maximum total Company matching contribution of 3.5% of their compensation.  Additionally, the Company may make annual discretionary profit sharing contributions.  The contributions for profit sharing is estimated to be 3% of eligible compensation for the year ended December 31, 2011,  and was 3% of eligible compensation for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.  The Company’s total contribution to the plan, for the years ended December 31, 2011 was estimated to be $6.1 million, and was $5.5 million and $4.1 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

The Company has deferred compensation plans that allow eligible executives, senior officers and certain other employees and directors to defer payment of up 100% of their base salary and bonus in the case of employees and board fees in the case of directors.  Discretionary Company contributions to these plans for the year ended December 31, 2011 were estimated to be approximately $492 thousand.  Contributions to these plans were $376 thousand and $286 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  In addition, pursuant to the Company’s agreement entered into with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, he is entitled to receive on each December 31st while he is employed by the Company (starting December 31, 2007) a fully vested employer contribution to his account under the non-stock deferred compensation plan in amount equal to 20% of his base

 

108



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

salary then in effect.  The amounts deferred can be invested in MB Financial stock (under the Company’s stock deferred compensation plan) or publicly traded mutual funds (under the Company’s non-stock deferred compensation plan) at the discretion of the participant.  The cost of the MB Financial common stock held by MB Financial’s deferred compensation plans is reported separately in a manner similar to treasury stock (that is, changes in fair value are not recognized) with a corresponding deferred compensation obligation reflected in additional paid-in capital.  The amounts of the assets that are not invested in MB Financial common stock are recorded at their fair market value in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.  As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the assets held in other publicly traded funds totaled $6.8 million.  A liability is established, in other liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheet, for the fair value of the obligation to the participants.  Any increase or decrease in the fair market value of plan assets is recorded in other non-interest income on the consolidated statement of income.  Any increase or decrease in the fair value of the deferred compensation obligation to participants is recorded as additional compensation expense or a reduction of compensation expense on the consolidated statement of income.  The decrease in fair market value of the assets and the obligation related to the deferred compensation plan was $40 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Note 16. Income Taxes

 

The deferred taxes consist of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Deferred tax asset:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

$

53,888

 

$

75,028

 

Federal net operating loss carryforwards

 

44,424

 

5,088

 

State net operating loss carryforwards

 

22,242

 

16,905

 

Other real estate owned

 

10,732

 

6,215

 

Stock options and restricted stock

 

6,628

 

7,030

 

Loans

 

6,420

 

4,427

 

Deferred compensation

 

5,839

 

5,628

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

5,653

 

6,170

 

Bonus accrual

 

2,380

 

2,460

 

Merger and non-compete accrual

 

1,030

 

1,129

 

Other items

 

2,795

 

2,943

 

Total deferred tax asset

 

162,031

 

133,023

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance

 

162,031

 

133,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability:

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

(76,843

)

(56,548

)

Deferred income from FDIC-assisted transactions

 

(47,415

)

(32,991

)

Investment securities

 

(4,495

)

(3,529

)

FHLB stock dividends

 

(4,079

)

(4,017

)

Core deposit intangible

 

(4,038

)

(5,546

)

Other items

 

(1,299

)

(1,364

)

Total deferred tax liability

 

(138,169

)

(103,995

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

23,862

 

29,028

 

Net unrealized holding gain on securities available for sale

 

(25,258

)

(14,214

)

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

 

$

(1,396

)

$

14,814

 

 

The Company’s state net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $392 million at December 31, 2011 and begin to expire in 2015 through 2027.   In January of 2011, the State of Illinois enacted legislation suspending the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards for tax years 2011 through 2014 and extending the carryforward period for existing net operating loss carryforwards by four years.   The Company’s federal net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $127 million at December 31, 2011 and begin to expire in 2019 through 2031.

 

109



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Management has determined that is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets, including the net operating loss carryforwards, as of December 31, 2011, will be realized and that no valuation allowance is required.

 

Income taxes attributable to continuing operations consist of (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

713

 

$

5,971

 

$

(47,247

)

State

 

(611

)

471

 

(3,543

)

Foreign

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

102

 

6,447

 

(50,790

)

Deferred expense (benefit)

 

5,166

 

(6,423

)

5,525

 

 

 

$

5,268

 

$

24

 

$

(45,265

)

 

The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% and the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense (benefit) at expected statutory rate

 

$

15,398

 

$

7,193

 

$

(27,245

)

Increase (decrease) due to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt income, net

 

(8,162

)

(6,403

)

(6,055

)

State tax benefit resulting from change in tax rate

 

(2,100

)

 

 

State tax expense (benefit) net of federal impact

 

1,703

 

306

 

(2,477

)

Nonincludable increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

(1,529

)

(1,230

)

(847

)

Adjustment of tax contingency reserves

 

35

 

(236

)

(7,723

)

Other items, net

 

(77

)

394

 

(918

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

5,268

 

$

24

 

$

(45,265

)

 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes: ASC Topic 740 provides guidance on financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in tax returns. A reconciliation of the change in unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefit
Without Interest

 

Interest on unrecognized
Tax Benefit

 

Total Unrecognized Tax
Benefit Including Interest

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

52

 

$

3

 

$

55

 

Increases for tax positions of prior years

 

31

 

4

 

35

 

Benefits recognized

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

83

 

$

7

 

$

90

 

 

The whole amount of unrecognized tax benefits would affect the tax provision and the effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods.  The Company elects to treat interest and penalties recognized for the underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense, to the extent not included in unrecognized tax benefits.

 

The Company’s federal income tax returns are open and subject to examination for the 2008 tax return year and forward.  The Company’s various state income tax returns are generally open for the 2008 tax return year and forward based on individual state statutes of limitation.  The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for tax years 2008 and 2009.  The Company expects these examinations will be completed within the next twelve months.  Developments in these examinations or other events could cause management to change its judgment about the amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

 

110



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Commitments: The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit.  Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments.  The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following financial instruments were outstanding, the contractual amounts of which represent off-balance sheet credit risk (in thousands):

 

 

 

Contractual Amount

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Commitments to extend credit:

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines

 

$

275,357

 

$

308,678

 

Other commitments

 

741,815

 

1,012,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit:

 

 

 

 

 

Standby

 

67,720

 

116,058

 

Commercial

 

818

 

2,970

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a payment of a fee.  The commitments for home equity lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon.  Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

 

The Company, in the normal course of its business, regularly offers standby and commercial letters of credit to its bank customers.  Standby and commercial letters of credit are a conditional but irrevocable form of guarantee.  Under letters of credit, the Company typically guarantees payment to a third party beneficiary upon the default of payment or nonperformance by the bank customer and upon receipt of complying documentation from that beneficiary.

 

Both standby and commercial letters of credit may be issued for any length of time, but normally do not exceed a period of five years.  These letters of credit may also be extended or amended from time to time depending on the bank customer’s needs.  As of December 31, 2011, the maximum remaining term for any standby letters of credit was December 31, 2016.  A fee is charged to the bank customer and is recognized as income over the life of the letter of credit, unless considered non-rebatable under the terms of a letter of credit application.

 

At December 31, 2011, the aggregate contractual amount of these letters of credit, which represents the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company would be obligated to pay, decreased $50.5 million to $68.5 million from $119.0 million at December 31, 2010.  Of the $68.5 million in commitments outstanding at December 31, 2011, approximately $62.0 million of the letters of credit have been issued or renewed since December 31, 2010.

 

Letters of credit issued on behalf of bank customers may be done on either a secured, partially secured or an unsecured basis.  If a letter credit is secured or partially secured, the collateral can take various forms including bank accounts, investments, fixed assets, inventory, accounts receivable or real estate, among other things.  The Company takes the same care in making credit decisions and obtaining collateral when it issues letters of credit on behalf of its customers, as it does when making other types of loans.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $1.4 million in capital expenditure commitments outstanding which relate to various projects to renovate existing branches.

 

Concentrations of credit risk:  The majority of the loans, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Company’s market area.  As of December 31, 2011, approximately 22% of our investments in securities issued by states and political subdivisions were within the state of Illinois.  We did not hold any direct exposure to the state of Illinois as of December 31, 2011. The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding.  Standby letters of credit are granted primarily to commercial borrowers.

 

Contingencies: In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings.  In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from pending proceedings would not be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 18. Regulatory Matters

 

The Company’s primary source of cash is dividends from its subsidiary bank.  The subsidiary bank is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval.  In addition, the dividends declared cannot be in excess of the amount which would cause the subsidiary bank to fall below the minimum required for capital adequacy purposes.

 

The Company and its subsidiary bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s and its subsidiary bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items are calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company’s and its subsidiary bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and its subsidiary bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes the Company and its subsidiary bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the subsidiary bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as “well capitalized” the subsidiary bank must maintain the total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the well-capitalized column in the table below.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the subsidiary bank’s categories.

 

112



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The required and actual amounts and ratios for the Company and its subsidiary bank are presented below (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

As of December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

1,231,555

 

19.41

%

$

507,628

 

8.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

1,086,549

 

17.22

%

504,821

 

8.00

%

$

631,026

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

1,101,538

 

17.36

%

253,814

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

956,958

 

15.16

%

252,410

 

4.00

%

378,615

 

6.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

1,101,538

 

11.73

%

375,735

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

956,958

 

10.24

%

373,824

 

4.00

%

467,280

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$

1,202,205

 

17.75

%

$

541,821

 

8.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

1,048,200

 

15.63

%

536,587

 

8.00

%

$

670,734

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

1,066,538

 

15.75

%

270,910

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

913,020

 

13.61

%

268,294

 

4.00

%

402,441

 

6.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

1,066,538

 

10.66

%

400,218

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

MB Financial Bank

 

913,020

 

9.19

%

397,363

 

4.00

%

496,704

 

5.00

%

 

N/A — not applicable

 

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements

 

ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.  A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.  The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs.  An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction.  Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.

 

ASC Topic 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach.  The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities.  The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert expected future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present value amount on a discounted basis.  The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).  Valuation techniques should be consistently applied.  Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Inputs may be

 

113



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.  In that regard, ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2:  Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

 

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available.  If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters.  Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value.  These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters.  Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time.  Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.  While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.  Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which generally coincides with the Company’s monthly and/or quarterly valuation process.

 

Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

Securities Available for Sale. The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by quoted prices in active markets, when available, and classified as Level 1.  If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is determined by a matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique, widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities and classified as Level 2.  In cases where significant credit valuation adjustments are incorporated into the estimation of fair value, reported amounts are classified as Level 3 inputs.

 

Loans Held for Sale. Mortgage loans originated and held for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value.  The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices and classified as level 2.

 

Assets Held in Trust for Deferred Compensation and Associated Liabilities. Assets held in trust for deferred compensation are recorded at fair value and included in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheets.  These assets are invested in mutual funds and classified as Level 1.  Deferred compensation liabilities, also classified as Level 1, are carried at the fair value of the obligation to the employee, which corresponds to the fair value of the invested assets.

 

Derivatives.  Currently, we use interest rate swaps to manage our interest rate risk.  The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative and classified as Level 2.  This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including LIBOR rate curves.  We also obtain dealer quotations for these derivatives for comparative purposes to assess the reasonableness

 

114



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

of the model valuations.  We also offer other derivatives, including foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate lock commitments, to our customers and offset our exposure from such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts, which are valued using market consensus prices.

 

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

 

 

 

Total

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S Government sponsored agencies and enterprises

 

$

42,401

 

$

 

$

42,401

 

$

 

States and political subdivisions

 

535,660

 

 

535,660

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,281,806

 

 

1,280,713

 

1,093

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

52,685

 

 

52,685

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

5,899

 

 

 

5,899

 

Equity securities

 

10,846

 

10,846

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

4,727

 

 

4,727

 

 

Assets held in trust for deferred compensation

 

6,808

 

6,808

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

26,251

 

 

26,251

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

6,808

 

6,808

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

26,624

 

 

26,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored agencies and enterprises

 

$

19,434

 

$

 

$

19,434

 

$

 

States and political subdivisions

 

364,932

 

1,905

 

363,027

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,196,536

 

 

1,195,200

 

1,336

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

530

 

 

530

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

6,140

 

 

 

6,140

 

Equity securities

 

10,171

 

10,171

 

 

 

Assets held in trust for deferred compensation

 

6,520

 

6,520

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

16,465

 

 

16,465

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities (1)

 

6,520

 

6,520

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

17,098

 

 

17,098

 

 

 


(1) Liabilities associated with assets held in trust for deferred compensation

 

115



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents additional information about financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which the Company used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31

 

(in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

7,476

 

$

7,897

 

Transfer into Level 3

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

42

 

38

 

Principal payments

 

(526

)

(459

)

Impairment charge

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,992

 

$

7,476

 

 

One municipal bond security totaling $470 thousand measured using significant other observable inputs (Level 2) at December 31, 2011 was previously measured using Level 1 prices at December 31, 2010.

 

Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period.

 

Impaired Loans.  Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired.  Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 310.  The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows.  Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans.  At December 31, 2011, substantially all of the total impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral.  In accordance with ASC Topic 820, impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy.  Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria.  For a majority of impaired real estate loans, the Company obtains a current external appraisal.  Other valuation techniques are used as well, including internal valuations, comparable property analysis and contractual sales information.

 

Non-Financial Assets and Non-Financial Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value

 

The Company has no non-financial assets or non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.  Certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include foreclosed assets and non-financial long-lived assets.

 

Other Real Estate and Repossessed Vehicles Owned (Foreclosed Assets).  Foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for possible loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset.  The fair value of foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are estimated using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria.

 

Non-Financial Long-Lived Assets.  During 2011, the Company recognized a $1.6 million branch impairment caused by the decision to close three branches.  The fair value of the branch was estimated using Level 3 inputs based on internal appraisals.

 

116



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are included in the table below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Total

 

Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

96,089

 

$

 

$

 

$

96,089

 

Foreclosed assets

 

138,971

 

 

 

138,971

 

Non-financial long-lived assets

 

2,901

 

 

 

2,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

267,005

 

$

 

$

 

$

267,005

 

Foreclosed assets

 

116,221

 

 

 

116,221

 

 

ASC Topic 825 requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.  The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above.  The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest and the cash surrender value of life insurance policies.  The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair values of its other financial instruments:

 

Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits with banks: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value.

 

Securities Held to Maturity: The fair values of securities held to maturity are determined by quoted prices in active markets, when available.  If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is determined by a matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique, widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.

 

Non-marketable securities — FHLB and FRB Stock: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value.

 

Loans: The fair values for loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using the corporate bond curve adjusted for liquidity for commercial loans and the swap curve adjusted for liquidity for retail loans.

 

Non-interest bearing deposits: The fair values disclosed are equal to their balance sheet carrying amounts, which represent the amount payable on demand.

 

Interest bearing deposits: The fair values disclosed for deposits with no defined maturities are equal to their carrying amounts, which represent the amounts payable on demand.  Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar terms.

 

Short-term borrowings: The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings with maturities of 90 days or less approximate their fair values.  The fair value of short-term borrowings greater than 90 days is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.

 

117



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Long-term borrowings: The fair values of the Company’s long-term borrowings (other than deposits) are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts: The fair values of the Company’s junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts are estimated based on the quoted market prices, when available, of the related trust preferred security instruments, or are estimated based on the quoted market prices of comparable trust preferred securities.

 

Accrued interest:  The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and payable approximate their fair values.

 

Off-balance-sheet instruments: Fair values for the Company’s off-balance-sheet lending commitments (guarantees, letters of credit and commitments to extend credit) are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements.

 

The estimated fair values of financial instruments are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

144,228

 

$

144,228

 

$

106,726

 

$

106,726

 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

 

100,337

 

100,337

 

737,433

 

737,433

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

1,929,297

 

1,929,297

 

1,597,743

 

1,597,743

 

Investment securities held to maturity

 

499,283

 

511,022

 

 

 

Non-marketable securities - FHLB and FRB stock

 

80,832

 

80,832

 

80,186

 

80,186

 

Loans held for sale

 

4,727

 

4,727

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

5,824,197

 

5,734,017

 

6,425,594

 

6,330,229

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

35,870

 

35,870

 

35,158

 

35,158

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

26,251

 

26,251

 

16,465

 

16,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

1,885,694

 

$

1,885,694

 

$

1,691,599

 

$

1,691,599

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

5,761,913

 

5,790,963

 

6,461,359

 

6,480,269

 

Short-term borrowings

 

219,954

 

219,983

 

268,844

 

258,294

 

Long-term borrowings

 

266,264

 

279,124

 

285,073

 

294,623

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

 

158,538

 

113,635

 

158,571

 

92,286

 

Accrued interest payable

 

4,518

 

4,518

 

6,329

 

6,329

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

26,624

 

26,624

 

17,098

 

17,098

 

 

Note 20. Stock Incentive Plans

 

ASC Topic 718 requires that the grant date fair value of equity awards to employees be recognized as compensation expense over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for such award.

 

The following table summarizes the impact of the Company’s share-based payment plans in the financial statements for the periods shown (in thousands):

 

118



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of share-based payment plans during the year

 

$

4,836

 

$

5,392

 

$

5,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of related income tax benefit recognized in income

 

$

1,972

 

$

2,076

 

$

1,964

 

 

The Company adopted the Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) in 1997.  In June 2011, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the Omnibus Plan to add 2,300,000 authorized shares for a total of 8,300,000 shares of common stock for issuance to directors, officers, and employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Equity grants under the Omnibus Plan can be in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and other stock-based awards.  Shares awarded in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, or other stock-based awards generally will reduce the shares available under the Omnibus Plan on a 2-for-1 basis.  As of December 31, 2011, there were 2,786,071 shares available for future grants.

 

Annual equity-based incentive awards are typically granted to selected officers and employees mid-year.  Options are granted with an exercise price equal to no less than the market price of the Company’s shares at the date of grant; those option awards generally vest based on four years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms.  Equity awards may also be granted at other times throughout the year in connection with the recruitment and retention of officers and employees.  Restricted shares granted to officers and employees typically vest over a two or three year period.  Directors currently may elect, in lieu of cash, to receive up to 70% of their fees in stock options with a five-year term which are fully vested on the grant date (provided that the director may not sell the underlying shares for at least six months after the grant date), and up to 100% of their fees in restricted stock, which vests one year after the grant date.

 

The following table summarizes stock options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Number of

 

Exercise

 

Term

 

Value

 

 

 

Options

 

Price

 

(In Years)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2010

 

3,254,717

 

$

28.31

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

255,667

 

20.23

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(117,152

)

17.00

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

(287,301

)

33.05

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(170,121

)

27.54

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2011

 

2,935,810

 

$

27.64

 

4.83

 

$

622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2011

 

1,734,028

 

$

31.32

 

3.01

 

$

175

 

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on certain assumptions.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of Company shares.  The risk free interest rate for periods within the contractual term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.  The expected life of options is estimated based on historical employee behavior and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to remain outstanding.

 

119



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.95

%

2.23

%

2.66

%

Expected volatility of Company’s stock

 

43.72

%

42.09

%

35.91

%

Expected dividend yield

 

1.48

%

1.00

%

1.25

%

Expected life of options

 

5.8 years

 

5.8 years

 

5.5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average fair value per option of options granted during the year

 

$

7.57

 

$

6.67

 

$

4.20

 

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $314 thousand, $513 thousand, and $194 thousand, respectively.

 

The following is a summary of changes in restricted shares for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted
Average

 

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Grant Date
Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Outstanding at December 31, 2010

 

619,710

 

$

14.35

 

Granted

 

205,284

 

18.65

 

Vested

 

(118,334

)

22.07

 

Forfeited

 

(42,158

)

13.22

 

Shares Outstanding at December 31, 2011

 

664,502

 

$

14.37

 

 

The Company issued 92,717 shares, 66,193 shares and 164,401 shares of market-based restricted stock in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The market component of the vesting terms for each award requires that, for ten consecutive trading days, the closing price of the Company’s stock be at least $27.00 for awards issued in 2011, $25.80 for awards issued in 2010 and $18.14 for awards issued in 2009.  The market components for awards issued in 2011 and 2010 have not been satisfied as of December 31, 2011.  The market component for awards issued in 2009 has been satisfied; therefore, the 2009 awards generally will vest in full in 2012, on the third anniversary of the grant date.  The terms of each market-based restricted stock award also include certain restrictions that may be applicable to the award recipient to the extent necessary to ensure that the award complies with the limitations on compensation to which the Company is currently subject as a result of its participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.  These restrictions, to the extent applicable, could result in a reduction in the number of shares comprising the award and/or affect the vesting of the award and transferability of the shares.  A Monte Carlo simulation model was used to value the market-based restricted stock awards at the time of issuance.

 

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company began issuing shares of common stock under the Omnibus Plan as Salary Stock, classified as other stock-based awards, to certain executive officers.  This stock is fully vested as of the grant date and the related expense is included in salaries and employee benefits on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Holders of Salary Stock have all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any dividends that may be paid thereon.  As a condition of receiving the Salary Stock, the holders entered into agreements with the Company providing that they may not sell or otherwise transfer the shares of Salary Stock for two years, except in the event of disability or death.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued 22,900 shares of Salary Stock at a weighted average issuance price of $17.98.

 

As of December 31, 2011, there was $7.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements (including share option and nonvested share awards) granted under the Omnibus Plan.  At December 31, 2011, the weighted-average period over which the unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized was approximately 1.4 years.

 

120



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 21. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

We offer various derivatives, including interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts, to our customers and mitigate our exposure to market risk through the execution of off-setting positions with inter-bank dealer counterparties.  This permits us to offer customized risk management solutions to our customers.  These customer accommodations and any offsetting financial contracts are treated as stand-alone derivative instruments which do not qualify for hedge accounting.

 

Interest rate swap and foreign currency forward contracts involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms.  The net amount payable or receivable under interest rate swaps is accrued as an adjustment to interest income.  The net amount payable for December 31, 2011 was approximately $23 thousand, and the net amount receivable for December 31, 2010 was approximately $30 thousand.  The Company’s credit exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the Company’s net favorable value and interest payments of all swaps to each counterparty.  In such cases, collateral is required from the counterparties involved if the net value of the swaps exceeds a nominal amount.  At December 31, 2011, the Company’s credit exposure relating to interest rate swaps was approximately $26.1 million, which is secured by the underlying collateral on customer loans.  The notional amounts and fair values of open foreign currency forward contracts were not significant at December 31, 2010.

 

We also enter into mortgage banking derivatives which are designated as stand-alone derivatives.  These derivatives include interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans. It is the Company’s practice to enter into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of future changes in interest rates on its commitments to fund the loans as well as on its portfolio of mortgage loans held-for-sale.

 

The Company had fair value commercial loan interest rate swaps, to hedge its interest rate risk, with an aggregate notional amount of $7.2 million at December 31, 2011.  For fair value hedges, the changes in fair values of both the hedging derivative and the hedged item were recorded in current earnings as other income and other expense.

 

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are summarized below as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Derivative instruments designated as hedges of fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap contracts (1)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

7,204

 

$

(315

)

$

9,500

 

$

(633

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stand-alone derivative instruments (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap contracts

 

343,132

 

25,931

 

256,444

 

16,481

 

344,294

 

(26,053

)

256,444

 

(16,449

)

Interest rate options contracts

 

4,287

 

32

 

4,576

 

(16

)

4,287

 

(32

)

4,576

 

(16

)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

8,567

 

240

 

 

 

8,498

 

(206

)

 

 

Mortgage banking derivatives

 

2,626

 

48

 

 

 

2,000

 

(18

)

 

 

Total non-hedging derivative instruments

 

358,612

 

26,251

 

261,020

 

16,465

 

359,079

 

(26,309

)

261,020

 

(16,465

)

Total

 

$

358,612

 

$

26,251

 

$

261,020

 

$

16,465

 

$

366,283

 

$

(26,624

)

$

270,520

 

$

(17,098

)

 


(1) Hedged fixed-rate commercial real estate loans

(2) These portfolio swaps are not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815.

 

121



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Amounts included in the other income in the consolidated statements of income related to derivative financial instruments were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Derivative instruments designated as hedges of fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap contracts

 

$

(166

)

$

(110

)

$

298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stand-alone derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap contracts

 

163

 

(79

)

65

 

Interest rate options contracts

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

8

 

 

 

Mortgage banking derivatives

 

31

 

 

 

Total non-hedging derivative instruments

 

202

 

(79

)

65

 

Total

 

$

36

 

$

(189

)

$

363

 

 

Methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its interest rate swaps are discussed in Note 19 to consolidated financial statements.

 

122



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 22. Condensed Parent Company Financial Information

 

The condensed financial statements of MB Financial, Inc. (parent company only) are presented below:

 

Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

108,323

 

$

90,152

 

Loans

 

27,970

 

45,979

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

1,400,970

 

1,340,749

 

Other assets

 

21,825

 

35,461

 

Total assets

 

$

1,559,088

 

$

1,512,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

 

$

158,538

 

$

158,571

 

Other liabilities

 

7,523

 

8,984

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,393,027

 

1,344,786

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,559,088

 

$

1,512,341

 

 

Statements of Income

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from continuing subsidiaries

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Interest and other income

 

3,410

 

1,970

 

1,805

 

Interest and other expense

 

6,248

 

6,656

 

7,816

 

Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

(2,838

)

(4,686

)

(6,011

)

Income tax benefit

 

(1,151

)

(1,825

)

(2,321

)

Loss before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

(1,687

)

(2,861

)

(3,690

)

Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of continuing subsidiaries

 

40,415

 

23,389

 

(28,889

)

Equity in undistributed net income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

6,453

 

Net income (loss)

 

38,728

 

20,528

 

(26,126

)

Dividends and discount accretion on preferred shares

 

10,414

 

10,382

 

10,298

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

 

$

28,314

 

$

10,146

 

$

(36,424

)

 

123



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

38,728

 

$

20,528

 

$

(26,126

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of restricted stock awards

 

3,277

 

3,319

 

2,684

 

Compensation expense for stock option grants

 

1,559

 

1,870

 

2,454

 

Equity in undistributed net income of continuing subsidiaries

 

(40,415

)

(23,389

)

28,889

 

Equity in undistributed net income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

(6,453

)

Change in other assets and other liabilities

 

8,275

 

2,887

 

(11,460

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

11,424

 

5,215

 

(10,012

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries

 

 

(65,000

)

(225,000

)

Purchase of loans

 

 

(51,538

)

 

Net decrease in loans

 

18,009

 

5,559

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

18,009

 

(110,979

)

(225,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock transactions, net

 

(1,149

)

(406

)

23,961

 

Stock options exercised

 

1,903

 

381

 

1,269

 

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

 

(53

)

203

 

28

 

Dividends paid on common stock

 

(2,164

)

(2,110

)

(5,449

)

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

(9,799

)

(9,800

)

(9,256

)

Principal paid long-term debt

 

 

 

(500

)

Issuance of preferred stock

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock warrant

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

64,747

 

206,381

 

Proceeds from junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

 

 

 

 

Principal paid on junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(11,262

)

53,015

 

216,434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

18,171

 

(52,749

)

(18,578

)

Cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

90,152

 

142,901

 

161,479

 

End of year

 

$

108,323

 

$

90,152

 

$

142,901

 

 

124



Table of Contents

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 23.   Common and Preferred Stock

 

The Series A Preferred Stock was issued as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program of the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”).  The Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative dividends on the liquidation preference amount on a quarterly basis at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter.  Concurrent with issuing the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company issued to the Treasury a ten year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 1,012,048 shares (subsequently reduced to 506,024 shares, as described below) of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $29.05 per share.

 

The Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at any time by repaying Treasury, without penalty, subject to Treasury’s consultation with the Company’s appropriate regulatory agency.  Additionally, upon redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant may be repurchased from the Treasury at its fair market value as agreed-upon by the Company and the Treasury.

 

On September 17, 2009, the Company completed a public offering of its common stock by issuing 12,578,125 shares of common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $201.3 million.  The net proceeds to the Company after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses were approximately $190.9 million.  With the proceeds from this offering and the proceeds received by the Company from issuances pursuant to its Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, the Company has received aggregate gross proceeds from “Qualified Equity Offerings” in excess of the $196.0 million aggregate liquidation preference amount of the Series A Preferred Stock.  As a result, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the Warrant has been reduced by 50%, from 1,012,048 shares to 506,024 shares.

 

Under the securities purchase agreement between the Company and Treasury, prior to December 5, 2011, the Company could not, without the consent of Treasury, (a) pay a cash dividend on the Company’s common stock of more than $0.18 per share or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of the Company’s common stock or preferred stock, other than the Series A Preferred Stock, or trust preferred securities.  In addition, under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company may not pay dividends on its common stock unless it is current in its dividend payments on the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

 

a)             Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures: An evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)) was carried out as of December 31, 2011 under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and several other members of our senior management.  Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to our management (including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

b).           Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting: The annual report of management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report thereon issued by our independent registered public accounting firm are set forth under “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

c. )           Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting: During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, no change occurred in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud.  A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns in controls or procedures can occur because of simple error or mistake.  Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.  The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

Item 9B.  Other Information

 

Not applicable.

 

126



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Directors and Executive Officers.  The information concerning our directors and executive officers required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.  The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by our directors, officers and ten percent stockholders required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

 

Code of Ethics.  We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions, and to all of our other employees and our directors.  A copy of our code of ethics is available on our Internet website address, www.mbfinancial.com.

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

The information concerning compensation and other matters required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

 

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2011 with respect to compensation plans under which shares of our common stock may be issued:

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Shares to
be Issued upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
warrants and rights
(1)

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
warrants and rights(1)

 

Number of Shares
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(Excluding Shares Reflected
in the first column) (2)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders

 

2,935,810

 

$

27.64

 

2,786,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,935,810

 

$

27.64

 

2,786,071

 

 


(1)          Includes 68,182 shares underlying stock options that we assumed in the 2006 FOBB acquisition.  Additionally, there were 6,647 shares underlying director stock units that we assumed in the 2006 FOBB acquisition. Since the director stock units do not have an exercise price and are settled only for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, these units are not relevant for purposes of computing the weighted average exercise price.

(2)          Awards to plan participants in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or other stock-based awards generally will reduce the shares available under the Omnibus Plan on a 2-for-1 basis.

 

N/A — not applicable

 

Not included in the table are shares of our common stock that may be acquired by directors and officers who participate in the MB Financial, Inc. Stock Deferred Compensation Plan.  This plan, along with the MB

 

127



Table of Contents

 

Financial, Inc. Non-Stock Deferred Compensation Plan, allows directors and eligible officers to defer a portion of their cash compensation.  Neither plan has been approved by our stockholders.  All distributions under the stock plan are made in shares of our common stock purchased by the plan trustee on the open market, except for fractional shares, which are paid in cash.

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1)

 

Financial Statements: See Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

 

 

(a)(2)

 

Financial Statement Schedules: All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable.

 

 

 

(a)(3)

 

Exhibits: See Exhibit Index.

 

 

 

(b)

 

Exhibits: See Exhibit Index.

 

128



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

MB FINANCIAL, INC.

(registrant)

 

By:

/s/MITCHELL FEIGER

 

Mitchell Feiger

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

Date: February 10, 2012

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

Signatures

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Mitchell Feiger

 

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Mitchell Feiger

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

February 10, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Jill E. York

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Jill E. York

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 10, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Thomas H. Harvey*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

Thomas H. Harvey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/David P. Bolger*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

David P. Bolger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Robert S. Engleman, Jr.*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

Robert S. Engleman, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Charles J. Gries*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

Charles J. Gries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/James N. Hallene*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

James N. Hallene

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Richard J. Holmstrom*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

Richard J. Holmstrom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Karen J. May*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

Karen J. May

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Ronald D. Santo*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

Ronald D. Santo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Renee Togher*

 

Director

 

February 10, 2012

Renee Togher

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*By:

/s/Mitchell Feiger

 

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

129



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

 

 

 

2.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and among the Registrant, MBFI Acquisition Corp. and First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. (“First Oak Brook”)(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2006 (File No.0-24566-01))

 

 

 

2.3

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Corus Bank, National Association, Chicago, Illinois, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and MB Financial Bank, N.A., dated as of September 11, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2010 (File No.0-24566-01))

 

 

 

2.4

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Broadway Bank, Chicago, Illinois, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and MB Financial Bank, N.A., dated as of April 23, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

2.5

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of New Century Bank, Chicago, Illinois, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and MB Financial Bank, N.A., dated as of April 23, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

3.1

 

Charter of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

3.1A

 

Articles Supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant for the Registrant’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008 (File No.0-24566-01))

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 16, 2011 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

4.1

 

The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon request, the instruments defining the rights of the holders of each issue of long-term debt of the Registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

 

4.2

 

Certificate of Registrant’s Common Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. One to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-64584))

 

 

 

4.3

 

Warrant to purchase shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008 (File No.0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.1

 

Letter Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2008, between the Registrant and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008 (File No.0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mitchell Feiger (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.3

 

Employment Agreement between MB Financial Bank, N.A. and Burton J. Field (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

130



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

 

 

 

10.4

 

Form of Change and Control Severance Agreement between MB Financial Bank, National Association and Jill E. York (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.4B

 

Form of Change and Control Severance Agreement between MB Financial Bank, National Association and each of Burton Field, Larry J. Kallembach, Brian Wildman, Rosemarie Bouman and Susan Peterson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4B to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.4C

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between MB Financial Bank, National Association and each of Mark A. Heckler and Edward F. Milefchik (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4C to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.5

 

Form of Letter Agreement dated December 4, 2008 between MB Financial, Inc. and each of Mitchell Feiger, Jill E. York, Burton Field, Larry J. Kallembach, Brian Wildman, Rosemarie Bouman, and Susan Peterson relating to the TARP Capital Purchase Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.5A

 

Form of Compensation Amendment and Waiver Agreement under the TARP Capital Purchase Program between MB Financial, Inc. and certain employees (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5A to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.5B

 

Form of Compensation Amendment and Waiver Agreement under the TARP Capital Purchase Program between MB Financial, Inc. and each of Mark A. Heckler and Edward F. Milefchik (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5B to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.6

 

Coal City Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-64584))

 

 

 

10.6A

 

Amendment to Coal City Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.7

 

MB Financial, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”) (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on April 27, 2011 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.8

 

MB Financial Stock Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.9

 

MB Financial Non-Stock Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.10

 

Avondale Federal Savings Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Old MB Financial’s (then known as Avondale Financial Corp.) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 0-24566))

 

 

 

10.11

 

Agreement Regarding Salary Adjustment and Portion of Salary Payable by Stock, dated as of December 21, 2009, between MB Financial, Inc. and Mitchell Feiger (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

131



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

 

 

 

10.11A

 

Form of Agreement Regarding Salary Adjustment and Portion of Salary Payable by Stock between MB Financial, Inc. and Rosemarie Bouman, Burton J. Field, Mark A. Heckler, Larry J. Kallembach, Edward F. Milefchik, Susan G. Peterson and Brian J. Wildman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11A to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.12

 

Agreement Regarding Salary Adjustment and Portion of Salary Payable by Stock, dated as of December 21, 2009, between MB Financial, Inc. and Jill E. York (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.13

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between MB Financial Bank, N.A. and Ronald D. Santo (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2004 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.13A

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between MB Financial Bank, N.A. and Ronald D. Santo ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.15

 

Tax Gross Up Agreements between the Registrant and each of Mitchell Feiger, Burton J. Field, Jill E. York, Larry J. Kallembach, Brian Wildman, and Susan Peterson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.15A

 

Tax Gross Up Agreement between the Registrant and Rosemarie Bouman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.16

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.17

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.18

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive Officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.18A

 

Amendment to Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement and Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive Officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.18B

 

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive Officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18B to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.18C

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for grants on December 2, 2009 to Mitchell Feiger, Jill E. York and Burton J. Field (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18C to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2009 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.19

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

132



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

 

 

 

10.20

 

First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the definitive proxy statement filed by First Oak Brook on March 30, 2004 (File No. 0-14468))

 

 

 

10.20A

 

Amendment to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.21

 

First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the definitive proxy statement filed by First Oak Brook on April 2, 2001 (File No. 0-14468))

 

 

 

10.21A

 

Amendment to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.22

 

First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Directors Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by First Oak Brook on October 25, 1999 (File No. 333-89647))

 

 

 

10.22A

 

Amendment to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Directors Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22A to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed on May 15, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.23

 

Reserved.

 

 

 

10.24

 

Reserved.

 

 

 

10.25

 

Reserved.

 

 

 

10.26

 

Reserved.

 

 

 

10.27

 

First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to First Oak Brook’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 0-14468))

 

 

 

10.27A

 

Amendment to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27A to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed on May 15, 2007)

 

 

 

10.29

 

Form of Transitional Employment Agreement between the Registrant (as successor to First Oak Brook) and Rosemarie Bouman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to First Oak Brook’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 0-14468))

 

133



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

 

 

 

10.29A

 

First Amendment to Transitional Employment Agreement between the Registrant (as successor to First Oak Brook) and Rosemarie Bouman ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

10.29B

 

Second Amendment to Transitional Employment Agreement between the Registrant (as successor to First Oak Brook) and Rosemarie Bouman ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28B to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant*

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of McGladrey & Pullen *

 

 

 

24

 

Power of Attorney*

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a — 14(a)/15d — 14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)*

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a — 14(a)/15d — 14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer)*

 

 

 

32

 

Section 1350 Certifications*

 

 

 

99.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended, and 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15*

 

 

 

99.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended, and 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15*

 

 

 

101

 

The following financial statements from the MB Financial, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) consolidated balance sheets, (ii) consolidated statements of operations, (iii) consolidated statements of cash flows and (iv) the notes to consolidated financial statements*

 


*  Filed herewith

 

134